[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025112073A1 - Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025112073A1
WO2025112073A1 PCT/CN2023/135993 CN2023135993W WO2025112073A1 WO 2025112073 A1 WO2025112073 A1 WO 2025112073A1 CN 2023135993 W CN2023135993 W CN 2023135993W WO 2025112073 A1 WO2025112073 A1 WO 2025112073A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
symbol
uplink signal
uplink
sbfd
frequency domain
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/135993
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王磊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to CN202380012604.5A priority Critical patent/CN117981443A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2023/135993 priority patent/WO2025112073A1/en
Publication of WO2025112073A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025112073A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and device, and a storage medium.
  • SBFD Subband Full Duplex
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a communication method and device, and a storage medium.
  • a communication method comprising: receiving first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; receiving second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used by the uplink signal; and determining whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • a communication method including: sending first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; sending second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • a terminal comprising: a transceiver module, configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • a network device including: a transceiver module, configured to send first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to send second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether a terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • a terminal comprising: one or more processors; wherein the terminal is used to execute any one of the communication methods of the first aspect.
  • a network device comprising: one or more processors; wherein the network device is used to execute the method of the communication behavior of any one of the second aspect.
  • a communication system including a terminal and a network device, wherein the terminal is configured to implement the communication method of any one of the first aspect, and the network device is configured to implement the communication method of any one of the second aspect.
  • a storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the communication method of any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • FIG1A is an exemplary schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG1B is an exemplary schematic diagram of an SBFD symbol/SBFD time slot provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a scenario of uplink signal processing provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of an information transmission method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG3C is a schematic diagram of a scenario of uplink signal processing provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4A is a schematic block diagram of an exemplary interaction of a terminal provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4B is a schematic block diagram of an exemplary interaction of a network device provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG5A is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG5B is an exemplary interaction diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a communication method, a device, and a storage medium.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication method, comprising: receiving first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; receiving second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used by the uplink signal; based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the processing rules are used to indicate at least one of the following: a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal; a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal; a third correspondence between the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the processing rule can be used to indicate the above at least one corresponding relationship, and the terminal can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the processing rule, which clarifies the terminal behavior and has high usability.
  • the method also includes: determining the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method; based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • the terminal can use any of the above methods to determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, and then determine whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, with high availability.
  • determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range includes any one of the following: determining based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; determining based on the fourth determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps or does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.
  • the first determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is the frequency domain range that overlaps between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SB
  • different frequency domain ranges used by the uplink signal may be determined based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, thereby improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the second determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.
  • different frequency domain ranges used by the uplink signal may be determined based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, thereby improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the third determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal can be the third frequency domain range or the fourth frequency domain range, ensuring that the terminal and the network device have a consistent understanding of the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal and high availability.
  • the fourth determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal can be the second frequency domain range, ensuring that the terminal and the network device have a consistent understanding of the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal and high availability.
  • the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission.
  • the second information may be used to indicate the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission, which is simple to implement and has high availability.
  • the processing rule is used to indicate a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a first processing rule, the first processing rule includes: an uplink signal When each first symbol where the signal is located is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a second processing rule, the second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, an uplink signal is sent; a third processing rule, the third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of an SBFD symbol, an uplink symbol, and a flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fifth processing rule, the fifth processing rule
  • the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, considering the impact of different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols on the processing rule of uplink signals, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal in each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, that is, the SBFD symbols in the first symbol are all SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and have high availability.
  • a processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: an eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: the second set overlaps with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is not expected to be canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set CORESET where the downlink control information DCI is located; the second set does not overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located, and the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located;
  • the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbol in the first set except the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; a tenth processing rule wherein the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: do not expect to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, the third set is a
  • the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, and the influence of whether the terminal has the partial cancellation capability on the processing rule of the uplink signal is considered, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.
  • a processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; a fourteenth processing rule, the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol; a fifteenth processing rule, the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is
  • the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, and the influence of the symbol type available for an uplink transmission on the processing rule of the uplink signal is considered, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.
  • the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is a high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, based on According to the third processing rule, it is determined whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any of the following items: the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does
  • an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal belongs to any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any of the following items: the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol
  • the fifth processing rule determining whether to send the uplink signal
  • the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range
  • the first symbol includes an uplink symbol
  • the first symbol does not include an SBFD symbol that can be
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal belongs to any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, including: the first symbols are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and based on the fifteenth processing rule, determining whether to send an uplink signal.
  • an uplink transmission can be in a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol and the second information is dynamic signaling
  • different processing rules are determined to be used and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes the uplink signal and/or the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is a high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal belongs to any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: if the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; if the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is a high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal belongs to any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on a fourth processing rule.
  • the processing rule to be used is determined, and it is determined whether to send an uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission at one time only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the twelfth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule; determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule.
  • the processing rules used are determined and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of the downlink symbol, the flexible symbol and the SBFD symbol, and the terminal does not have the partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of the downlink symbol, the flexible symbol and the SBFD symbol, and the terminal has the partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the symbol types available for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS
  • determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol; based on the eleventh processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal belongs to When any one of the second type of uplink signals is received, different processing rules to be used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourteenth processing rule.
  • the processing rules used are determined and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication method, including: sending first information based on the symbol type of the symbol; sending second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the processing rules are used to indicate at least one of the following: a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal; a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal; a third correspondence between the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the method also includes: configuring the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method; based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range includes any of the following items: determining based on any of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; determining based on the fourth determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps or does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.
  • the first determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.
  • the second determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.
  • the third determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.
  • the fourth determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.
  • the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission.
  • a processing rule is used to indicate a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a first processing rule, the first processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a second processing rule, the second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, an uplink signal is sent; a third processing rule, the third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule includes: The rules include: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of the SBFD symbol, the uplink symbol, and the flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the uplink signal is sent; the fifth processing rule, the fifth processing
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • a processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: an eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: the second set overlaps with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is not expected to be canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set of a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the control resource where the downlink control information DCI is located; The last symbol of the source set CORESET; the second set has no overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein, the first set is the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located, the second set is the set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is
  • a processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal
  • the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; a fourteenth processing rule, the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol; a fifteenth processing rule, the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any of the following items: the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission
  • the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal including any of the following items: the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol
  • the fifth processing rule determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal
  • the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range
  • the first symbol includes an uplink symbol
  • the first symbol does not include an uplink
  • the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink symbol, sending indication information, and determining that the terminal uses the SBFD symbol or uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol based on the indication information, and sending Send an uplink signal;
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbols are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and based on the fifteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal including: the first symbol only includes the uplink signal and/or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes: based on the fourth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal including any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal;
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS
  • based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the twelfth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: based on the first processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal. Sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals
  • the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS
  • determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal including any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol; based on the eleventh processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: based on the fourteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a terminal, comprising: a transceiver module, configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; a processing module, configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a network device, comprising: a transceiver module, configured to send first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to send second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a terminal, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the terminal is used to execute any communication method of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a network device, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the network device is used to execute a method of communication behavior of any one of the second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication system, including a terminal and a network device, wherein the terminal is configured to implement any communication method of the first aspect, and the network device is configured to implement any communication method of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a storage medium storing instructions, which, when executed on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute a communication method as described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide communication methods, devices, and storage media.
  • the terms communication method, information processing method, signal processing method, etc. can be interchangeable
  • the terms communication device, information processing device, signal processing device, etc. can be interchangeable
  • the terms information processing system, signal processing system, etc. can be interchangeable.
  • each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined.
  • a solution after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged.
  • the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, for example, some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.
  • elements expressed in the singular form such as “a”, “an”, “the”, “above”, “”, “the”, “the”, etc., may mean “one and only one", or “one or more”, “at least one”, etc.
  • the noun after the article may be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.
  • plurality refers to two or more.
  • the terms "at least one of”, “one or more”, “a plurality of”, “multiple”, etc. can be used interchangeably.
  • "at least one of A and B", “A and/or B", “A in one case, B in another case”, “in response to one case A, in response to another case B”, etc. may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.
  • the description of "A or B” may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (execute A independently of B); in some embodiments, B (execute B independently of A); in some embodiments, select from A and B to execute (A and B are selectively executed); When there are more branches such as A, B, C, the above is also similar.
  • prefixes such as “first” and “second” in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to distinguish different description objects, and do not constitute restrictions on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects.
  • the statement of the description object refers to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and should not constitute unnecessary restrictions due to the use of prefixes.
  • the description object is a "field”
  • the ordinal number before the "field” in the "first field” and the "second field” does not limit the position or order between the "fields”
  • the "first” and “second” do not limit whether the "fields” they modify are in the same message, nor do they limit the order of the "first field” and the "second field”.
  • the description object is a "level”
  • the ordinal number before the "level” in the “first level” and the “second level” does not limit the priority between the "levels”.
  • the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number, and can be one or more. Taking the "first device” as an example, the number of "devices” can be one or more.
  • the objects modified by different prefixes may be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device”, then the “first device” and the “second device” may be the same device or different devices, and their types may be the same or different. For another example, if the description object is "information”, then the "first information” and the “second information” may be the same information or different information, and their contents may be the same or different.
  • “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
  • devices and equipment may be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to the names described in the embodiments. In some cases, they may also be understood as “equipment”, “device”, “circuit”, “network element”, “node”, “function”, “unit”, “section”, “system”, “network”, “entity”, “subject”, etc.
  • network can be interpreted as devices included in the network, such as access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.
  • access network device may also be referred to as “radio access network device (RAN device)", “base station (BS)”, “radio base station (radio base station)”, “fixed station (fixed station)”, and in some embodiments may also be understood as “node (node)", “access point (access point)", “transmission point (transmission point, TP)", “reception point (reception point, RP)", “transmission and/or reception point (transmission/reception point, TRP)", “panel (panel)", “antenna panel (antenna panel)", “antenna array (antenna array)", “cell (cell)", “macro cell (macro cell)", “small cell (small cell)”, “femto cell (femto cell)", “pico cell (pico cell)”, “sector (sector)", “cell group (cell group)", “service cell” and the like.
  • RAN device radio access network device
  • base station base station
  • radio base station radio base
  • acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.
  • data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.
  • each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102 .
  • the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited to these.
  • a mobile phone a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device
  • the network device 102 may include, but is not limited to, at least one of an access network device 102 - 1 and a core network device 102 - 2 .
  • the access network device 102-1 is, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network.
  • the access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • ng-eNB next generation evolved Node B
  • gNB next generation Node B
  • the access network device 102-1 may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be referred to as a control unit (control unit).
  • the CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.
  • the core network device 102-2 may be a device including one or more network elements, or may be multiple devices or a group of devices.
  • the network element may be virtual or physical.
  • the core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • NGC Next Generation Core
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture.
  • the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.
  • the terminal 101 is connected to the core network device 102-2 through the access network device 102-1.
  • the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1A or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto.
  • the subjects shown in FIG. 1A are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG. 1A, or may include other subjects other than FIG. 1A, and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the subjects may be physical or virtual, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected.
  • the connection can be in any manner, direct or indirect, wired or wireless.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, the fourth generation mobile communication system (4G), the fifth generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G new radio (NR), Future Radio Access (FRA), New-Radio Access Technology (RAT), New Radio (NR), New Radio (NR), and New Radio Access (N
  • the present invention relates to wireless communication systems such as wireless (wireless) radio access (NX), future generation radio access (FX), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-Wide Band (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, systems using other communication methods, and next generation systems expanded therefrom.
  • a carrier component is divided into multiple subbands (SBs) in the frequency domain on a downlink (DL) symbol or a flexible (F) symbol, and the multiple SBs include an uplink subband (UL subband) and at least one (one or two) downlink subbands, and the network device can send a DL signal in the downlink subband and receive a UL signal in the uplink subband at the same time.
  • SBs subbands
  • the DL symbol or F symbol can be indicated as a DL symbol or an F symbol by any one of the time division multiplexing uplink and downlink common configuration (TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon), the time division multiplexing uplink and downlink dedicated configuration (TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated), and the slot format indicator (SFI) of the downlink control information (DCI) format 2-0.
  • a symbol refers to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, hereinafter referred to as a symbol, which can be abbreviated as OS in English.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the symbol When a symbol contains both a downlink subband and an uplink subband in the frequency domain, the symbol may be called an SBFD symbol. Similarly, when a time slot includes at least one SBFD symbol, the time slot may be called an SBFD time slot. If the symbol does not belong to an SBFD symbol, the symbol is a non-SBFD symbol. When a time slot does not include any SBFD symbol, the time slot may be called a non-SBFD time slot.
  • time slot #0 is a downlink time slot including 14 DL symbols
  • time slot #1 to time slot #3 are SBFD time slots, each including 14 SBFD symbols
  • time slot #4 is a UL time slot including 14 UL symbols.
  • a DL symbol, UL symbol, or F symbol can be configured as an SBFD symbol through semi-static signaling, which can be called a semi-static SBFD (semi-SBFD) symbol.
  • a DL symbol, UL symbol, or F symbol can be indicated as an SBFD symbol through dynamic signaling, which can be called a slot format indicator SBFD (SFI-SBFD) symbol.
  • SFI-SBFD slot format indicator SBFD
  • an SBFD symbol can also be dynamically adjusted to a DL symbol, a UL symbol, or an F symbol through dynamic signaling.
  • guard band between the DL subband and the UL subband to reduce the interference between the DL signal in the downlink subband and the UL signal in the uplink subband through frequency domain isolation.
  • the frequency domain range available for UL transmission may include the following two cases:
  • Case 2 The downlink subband cannot be used for UL transmission, and the uplink subband and GB can be used for UL transmission.
  • the frequency domain range that can be used for UL transmission may be referred to as a UL transmission frequency domain range, and the frequency domain range that cannot be used for UL transmission may be referred to as outside the UL transmission frequency domain range.
  • the UL transmission frequency domain ranges of non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols are different.
  • the UL transmission frequency domain range is the UL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.
  • the UL transmission frequency domain range on the uplink bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) refers to the frequency domain range where the uplink BWP overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.
  • the UL transmission frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range where the frequency domain range of the uplink BWP configured by the network device overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range in FIG. 1B .
  • the frequency domain range that can be used for DL transmission may include the following two cases:
  • Case 1 GB and downlink subbands can be used for DL transmission, and uplink subbands cannot be used for DL transmission;
  • Case 2 The downlink subband can be used for DL transmission, and the uplink subband and GB cannot be used for DL transmission.
  • a frequency domain range that can be used for DL transmission may be referred to as a DL transmission frequency domain range, and a frequency domain range that cannot be used for DL transmission may be referred to as outside the DL transmission frequency domain range.
  • the DL transmission frequency domain ranges of non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols are different.
  • the DL transmission frequency domain range is the DL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.
  • the DL transmission frequency domain range on the DL BWP refers to the frequency domain range where the DL BWP overlaps with the DL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.
  • the subsequent DL transmission frequency domain range refers to the DL transmission frequency domain range on the DL BWP
  • the UL transmission frequency domain range refers to the UL transmission frequency domain range on the UL BWP.
  • a signal transmission can be divided into the following cases:
  • Case 1 A DL transmission or UL transmission can only be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols;
  • Case 2 A DL transmission or UL transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols;
  • Case 3 A DL transmission or UL transmission can only be in SBFD symbols
  • the symbol can be determined to be a flexible symbol.
  • the first symbol set in the first time slot is configured as a flexible symbol by the following method:
  • Method 2 tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon and tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated are configured as flexible symbols.
  • the terminal receives DCI 2-0, which indicates that the symbol type of the first symbol set is any one of SFI-D, SFI-U, and SFI-F.
  • DCI 2-0 indicates that the symbol type of the first symbol set is any one of SFI-D, SFI-U, and SFI-F.
  • Dynamic D/Dynamic U DCI indicates DL signal transmission/UL signal transmission; RRC-D/RRC-U: RRC configures DL signal transmission/UL signal transmission; Semi-D/Semi-U: semi-static configuration as DL symbol/UL symbol.
  • semi-static configuration includes the following two methods:
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is configured as DL symbol or UL symbol
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated is configured as DL symbol or UL symbol;
  • Semi-F semi-static configuration is F symbol or no semi-static configuration, including the following 3 methods
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is configured as F symbol
  • tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated is configured as F symbol
  • Mode 3 No tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon configuration; and no tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated configuration;
  • DCI 2-0 indicates DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol.
  • symbol #0 to symbol #1 are SFI-D
  • symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F
  • symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U
  • the control resource set (Control Resource Set, CORESET) where DCI 2-0 is located is in symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2
  • the second symbol set includes symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 and symbol #0 to symbol #3 of time slot #3.
  • RRC-U#1 is from symbol #7 to symbol #13 (the first symbol set) in time slot #3, and symbol #7 to symbol #13 in time slot #3 is SFI-U, and RRC-U#1 is RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), the terminal sends a UL signal (corresponding to case 1-2 in Table 1).
  • RRC-U#2 is symbol #1 to symbol #11 (first symbol set) in time slot #3, where symbol #1 is SFI-D, symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #11 are SFI-U.
  • the third symbol set is symbol #1 to symbol #5, and the fifth symbol set is symbol #6 to symbol #11.
  • RRC-U#2 is RRC-U(SRS)
  • the terminal can send SRS from symbol #6 to symbol #11 (corresponding to case 1-3 in Table 1).
  • the terminal does not expect to cancel the SRS signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second symbol set and the third symbol set, that is, it ...
  • the SRS signal transmission on symbol #1 to symbol #3 the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols in the third symbol, namely, symbol #4 to symbol #5 (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).
  • RRC-U#2 is RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH), and the terminal does not support partial cancellation (partialCancellation) capability
  • the terminal since the second symbol set overlaps with the first symbol set, and the overlapping symbols include symbol #1 to symbol #3 of time slot #3, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).
  • the terminal When the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability, the terminal does not expect to cancel the symbols of the second symbol set overlapping with the first symbol set, that is, the UL signal sending on symbol #1 to symbol #3, and the terminal cancels the UL signal sending on symbol #4 to symbol #11 (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).
  • Dynamic-U#1 is from symbol #5 to symbol #13 in time slot #3, symbol #5 is SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U.
  • Dynamic-U#1 is Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), and the terminal sends PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS in the first symbol set (corresponding to case 7-1 in Table 1).
  • Dynamic-U#2 is in symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3, symbol #1 is SFI-D, symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U.
  • Dynamic-U#2 is Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), and the terminal does not expect this to happen (corresponding to case 7-2 in Table 1).
  • the processing of the UL signal does not take into account the different UL transmission frequency domain ranges between the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol, and does not take into account the symbol types that can be used for one UL transmission.
  • the present disclosure provides the following communication method, device, and storage medium, which can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, improve the uplink coverage and throughput when the SBFD symbol is introduced, and improve the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • FIG2 is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG2 , the embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a communication method, and the method includes:
  • Step S2101 the network device 102 sends first information.
  • the first information is used to determine the symbol type of the symbol.
  • the first information may be dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the first information may configure or indicate a symbol type of each symbol of at least one symbol through an SFI.
  • the symbol type of the symbol may include but is not limited to any of the following: SBFD symbol; DL symbol; UL symbol; F symbol. Accordingly, the symbol type of the symbol may be written as SFI-SBFD symbol/SFI-D symbol/SFI-U symbol/SFI-F symbol.
  • terminal 101 receives the first information.
  • the name of the first information is not limited.
  • the first information may also be replaced by DCI, symbol type indication information, symbol type configuration information, etc.
  • Step S2102 Terminal 101 determines the symbol type of the symbol based on the first information.
  • the first information configures or indicates the symbol type of the symbol
  • the terminal can determine the symbol type of the symbol based on the first information.
  • the symbol type of the symbol may be SBFD or non-SBFD.
  • the symbol When a symbol includes both a downlink subband and an uplink subband in the frequency domain, the symbol may be called an SBFD symbol. If the symbol does not belong to an SBFD symbol, the symbol is a non-SBFD symbol.
  • the non-SBFD symbol includes any one of a UL symbol, a DL symbol, and an F symbol.
  • Step S2103 the network device 102 sends the second information.
  • the second information is used to determine the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH); Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH); Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH); Sounding Reference Signal (SRS).
  • the second information may include but is not limited to high-level signaling, wherein the high-level signaling may include but is not limited to Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling; system message.
  • the system message may include but is not limited to System Information Block n (SIBn), where n may be a positive integer.
  • SIBn System Information Block n
  • the second information may include but is not limited to dynamic signaling, such as DCI.
  • the second information may include high-level signaling and dynamic signaling.
  • the terminal 101 receives the second information
  • the second information may be used to indicate a symbol type that may be used for an uplink transmission.
  • the second information may indicate any of the following:
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols;
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols;
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only SBFD symbols;
  • the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols.
  • the network device 102 may indicate the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission through other information, such as third information.
  • the third information may be a DCI different from the second information, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • terminal 101 receives second information.
  • the name of the second information is not limited.
  • the second information may also be replaced by DCI, RRC signaling, system message, resource indication information, resource configuration information, etc.
  • Step S2104 The terminal 101 determines at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal based on the second information.
  • the terminal 101 may determine the time domain resource used by the uplink signal based on the second information. Exemplarily, the terminal 101 determines the first symbol based on the second information, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal based on the second information.
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 has determined the symbol type of the symbol based on the aforementioned step S2102. Accordingly, after determining the first symbol used by the uplink signal based on the second information, the symbol type of the first symbol may be determined.
  • the first symbol may be an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol. When the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, the first symbol may be a UL symbol, a DL symbol, or an F symbol.
  • the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal by using any one of the following first to fourth determination methods:
  • the first determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the second frequency domain range
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the third frequency domain range.
  • the second determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the second frequency domain range
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the fourth frequency domain range.
  • the third determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the first symbol is a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the third frequency domain range or the fourth frequency domain range.
  • the fourth determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the first symbol is a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol
  • the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range.
  • the second frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on non-SBFD symbols, such as the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by RRC signaling on non-SBFD symbols.
  • the second frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information, such as the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the DCI.
  • the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range that overlaps the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol, for example, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the RRC signaling on the SBFD symbol.
  • the terminal 101 may determine, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range.
  • the terminal 101 can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method, and can determine that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.
  • the terminal 101 determines the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the fourth determination method, it can be determined that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap or overlaps with the first frequency domain range.
  • the terminal 101 can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method.
  • the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the first determination method.
  • Step S2105 Terminal 101 determines whether to send an uplink signal.
  • terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a protocol agreement.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on an instruction from the network device 102 .
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 may also determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a protocol predefined method.
  • the present disclosure does not limit the criteria, method, or rule for the terminal 101 to determine whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 determines whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal as an example for description.
  • the processing rule may be used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the processing rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the first to fifteenth processing rules described below.
  • the processing rule when used to indicate the first corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the first to seventh processing rules described below.
  • the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • the first to seventh processing rules are as follows:
  • the first processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal.
  • the second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, sending the uplink signal.
  • the third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal.
  • the fourth processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of the SBFD symbol, the uplink symbol, and the flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the uplink signal is sent.
  • the fifth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a second symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission.
  • the sixth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a third symbol; wherein the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol.
  • the seventh processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on the second symbol and the third symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol.
  • the above is only an exemplary description.
  • the above-mentioned first processing rule and the second processing rule can be combined, and/or, the above-mentioned third processing rule and the fourth processing rule can be combined, and/or, the above-mentioned fifth processing rule to the seventh processing rule can be combined, and the present disclosure does not limit this.
  • the processing rule when used to indicate the second corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the eighth processing rule to the twelfth processing rule described below.
  • the eighth to twelfth processing rules are as follows:
  • the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the second set overlaps with the first set, it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission; if the second set does not overlap with the first set, the uplink signal transmission is canceled.
  • the description of the first set and the second set is as follows and will not be repeated here.
  • the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: not expecting to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set.
  • the description of the first set and the second set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the description of the first set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set.
  • the description of the second set and the third set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the uplink signal transmission on the eighth symbol is canceled; wherein the eighth symbol is the remaining symbol in the third set except the seventh symbol.
  • the description of the third set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set.
  • the description of the second set and the fourth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol is canceled; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol.
  • the description of the fourth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set.
  • the description of the second set and the fifth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the description of the fifth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned first set refers to the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located.
  • the above-mentioned second set refers to the set of the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol.
  • the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set (Control Resource Set, CORESET) where the DCI is located.
  • the first number is a positive integer, and the specific value can be agreed upon by the protocol.
  • the above-mentioned third set is a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set.
  • the above-mentioned fourth set is also a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the first set.
  • the above-mentioned fifth set is also a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set.
  • the processing rule when used to indicate the third corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the thirteenth to fifteenth processing rules described below.
  • the thirteenth to fifteenth processing rules are as follows:
  • the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following items: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the sending of the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol.
  • a fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; and if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol.
  • the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: when the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, cancel sending the uplink signal; and do not expect the first symbol to include an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol.
  • the thirteenth processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are rules that take into account the symbol types that can be used for one uplink transmission.
  • the downlink symbols, uplink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the above-mentioned first processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are SFI-D symbols, SFI-U symbols, SFI-F symbols and SFI-SBFD symbols respectively, that is, the symbol categories in the above-mentioned first processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are the symbol categories indicated by dynamic signaling.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the above processing rules as follows:
  • Case 1 The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols.
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, wherein the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS.
  • the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.
  • Case 1-1-1 if the first symbol includes only uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the third processing rule.
  • Case 1-1-2 If the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink symbol, a corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has a partial drop capability, and based on the determined processing rule, it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.
  • Case 1-1-3 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, and based on the determined processing rule, it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.
  • the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, wherein the second type of uplink signals includes SRS.
  • the second type of uplink signals includes at least SRS.
  • Case 1-2-1 the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal in each first symbol has no overlap with the first frequency domain range, wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.
  • the first symbol includes both the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule.
  • the first symbol includes both SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and uplink symbols.
  • the terminal 101 can use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol based on the received indication information to send an uplink signal.
  • the indication information can be indication information sent separately by the network device 102 to instruct the terminal 101 to use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol to send an uplink signal.
  • the indication information can be multiplexed with other information for transmission, such as multiplexing the second information to send to the terminal 101, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the first symbol includes both SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and uplink symbols.
  • the terminal 101 can use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol by default based on protocol agreement to send an uplink signal.
  • the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the tenth processing rule.
  • the second information is DCI.
  • the uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.
  • Case 1-3-1 All first symbols are SBFD symbols or all first symbols are non-SBFD symbols. At this time, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourth processing rule.
  • Case 1-3-2 The first symbol includes a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol. At this time, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifteenth processing rule.
  • Case 2 The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS.
  • the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.
  • Case 2-1-1 If the first symbol only includes an uplink signal and/or a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, then the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the third processing rule.
  • Case 2-1-2 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, thereby determining whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.
  • the second information is high-layer signaling
  • the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals
  • the second type of uplink signals includes SRS.
  • the second type of uplink signals includes at least SRS.
  • Case 2-2-1 If the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the seventh processing rule.
  • Case 2-2-2 If the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that are not available for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.
  • Case 2-2-3 if the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the tenth processing rule.
  • the second information is DCI.
  • the uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourth processing rule.
  • Case 3 The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only SBFD symbols.
  • Case 3-1 The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS.
  • the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.
  • Case 3-1-1 If the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule.
  • Case 3-1-2 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rules can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, and then it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.
  • the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second-type uplink signals, and the second-type uplink signal includes SRS.
  • the second-type uplink signal at least includes SRS.
  • Case 3-2-1 If the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule.
  • Case 3-2-2 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the twelfth processing rule.
  • the second information is DCI.
  • the uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a first processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on both the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule.
  • Case 4 The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols.
  • Case 4-1 The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS.
  • the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.
  • Case 4-1-1 If the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the second processing rule.
  • Case 4-1-2 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and an SBFD symbol, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, thereby determining whether to send an uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.
  • the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.
  • Case 4-2 The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second-type uplink signals, and the second-type uplink signal includes SRS.
  • the second-type uplink signal at least includes SRS.
  • Case 4-2-1 If the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.
  • Case 4-2-2 If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eleventh processing rule.
  • the second information is DCI.
  • the uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.
  • the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourteenth processing rule.
  • Step S2106 The network device 102 determines whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal.
  • the network device 102 may determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal based on a protocol agreement, so as to receive the uplink signal when the terminal 101 has sent the uplink signal.
  • the network device 102 may send indication information to the terminal 101, instructing the terminal 101 to send or not send an uplink signal.
  • the network device 102 receives the uplink signal.
  • the network device 102 uses the same processing rules as the terminal 101 to determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal, so as to receive the uplink signal when the terminal 101 sends the uplink signal.
  • the scheme for the network device 102 to determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal is similar to the scheme for the terminal 101 to determine whether to send an uplink signal, and will not be repeated here.
  • the names of information, etc. are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments, and terms such as “information”, “message”, “signal”, “signaling”, “report”, “configuration”, “indication”, “instruction”, “command”, “channel”, “parameter”, “domain”, “field”, “symbol”, “symbol”, “code element”, “codebook”, “codeword”, “codepoint”, “bit”, “data”, “program”, and “chip” can be used interchangeably.
  • obtain can be interchangeable, and can be interpreted as receiving from other entities, obtaining from protocols, obtaining from high levels, obtaining by self-processing, autonomous implementation, etc.
  • terms such as “certain”, “preset”, “preset”, “set”, “indicated”, “some”, “any”, and “first” can be interchangeable, and "specific A”, “preset A”, “preset A”, “set A”, “indicated A”, “some A”, “any A”, and “first A” can be interpreted as A pre-defined in a protocol, etc., or as A obtained through setting, configuration, or indication, etc., and can also be interpreted as specific A, some A, any A, or first A, etc., but is not limited to this.
  • the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S2101 to S2106.
  • step S2101 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2101+S2102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2103 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2103+S2104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S2101 to S2104 may be implemented as independent embodiments
  • step S2105 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2106 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S2105+S2106 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S2101 to S2106 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.
  • step S2101 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, if the terminal 101 obtains the first information based on a protocol agreement or from other execution entities, step S2101 may not be performed.
  • step S2102 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, when terminal 101 determines the symbol type of the symbol in other ways, or terminal 101 does not need to determine the symbol type, step S2102 may not be performed.
  • step S2103 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, if the terminal 101 obtains the second information based on a protocol agreement or from other execution entities, step S2103 may not be performed.
  • step S2104 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, when the terminal 101 determines at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal in other ways, or when the terminal 101 does not need to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal, step S2104 may not be performed.
  • steps S2101 to S2105 are optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.
  • the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • FIG3A is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG3A , the present disclosure embodiment relates to a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal 101, and the method includes:
  • Step S3101 obtaining first information.
  • the first information is used to determine a symbol type of the symbol.
  • the terminal 101 obtains the first information from the network device 102, but is not limited thereto and may also receive the first information sent by other entities.
  • the terminal 101 obtains the first information determined according to a predefined rule.
  • terminal 101 performs processing to obtain the first information.
  • step S3101 is omitted, the terminal 101 autonomously implements the function indicated by the first information, or the terminal 101 obtains the first information from other network nodes, or the above function is default or acquiescent.
  • step S3101 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2101 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3102 determine the symbol type of the symbol.
  • step S3102 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2102 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3103 obtaining second information.
  • the second information is used to determine the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.
  • the terminal 101 obtains the second information from the network device 102, but is not limited thereto and may also receive the second information sent by other entities.
  • the terminal 101 obtains the second information determined according to a predefined rule.
  • terminal 101 performs processing to obtain the second information.
  • step S3103 is omitted, the terminal 101 autonomously implements the function indicated by the second information, or the terminal 101 obtains the second information from other network nodes, or the above function is default or acquiescent.
  • step S3103 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2103 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3104 determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal.
  • step S3104 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2104 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3105 determine whether to send an uplink signal.
  • step S3105 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2105 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S3101 to S3104.
  • step S3101 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S3101+S3102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3103 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3103+S3104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S3101 to S3104 may be implemented as independent embodiments
  • step S3105 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S3101 to S3105 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.
  • the terminal considers the different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the influence of the symbol types that can be used for an uplink transmission on the processing rules, so as to determine whether to send an uplink signal, improve uplink coverage and throughput, and improve the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • FIG3B is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG3B , the present disclosure embodiment relates to a communication method, which can be executed by a network device 102, and the method includes:
  • Step S3201 sending the first information.
  • the network device 102 may send the first information based on the symbol type of the symbol.
  • the first information is used to determine a symbol type of the symbol.
  • the network device 102 may send the first information to the terminal 101 .
  • terminal 101 receives first information.
  • step S3201 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2101 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3202 sending the second information.
  • the network device 102 may send the second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and the frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.
  • the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal.
  • the network device 102 may send the second information to the terminal 101 .
  • terminal 101 receives second information.
  • step S3202 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2103 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S3203 determining whether terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal.
  • step S3203 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2106 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S3201 to S3203.
  • step S3201 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S3201+S3202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • step S3203 may be implemented as an independent embodiment
  • steps S3201 to S3203 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.
  • the network device considers the different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the impact of the symbol types that can be used for an uplink transmission on the processing rules, thereby determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.
  • Step 1 Receive first information, the first information including symbol type configuration/indication information, and determine the symbol type of the symbol.
  • the first information includes dynamic signaling to indicate a symbol as a SBFD symbol/DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol, which can be written as SFI-SBFD symbol/DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol.
  • Step 2 Receive second information, where the second information includes information such as the time-frequency resource location of the UL signal, and determine the time-frequency resources used by the UL signal.
  • the time-frequency resource position of the UL signal is indicated by high-layer configuration and/or DCI, and the UL signal includes at least one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.
  • the first determination method if the symbol where the UL signal is located is non-SBFD, use frequency domain (FD) #1-1; if the symbol where the UL signal is located is SBFD, use FD #1-2;
  • Second determination method if the symbol where the UL signal is located is non-SBFD, use FD#1-1; if the symbol where the UL signal is located is SBFD, use FD#1-3;
  • the third determination method the UL signal uses FD#1-2 or FD#1-3;
  • Fourth determination method the UL signal uses FD#1-1.
  • FD#1-1 the frequency domain range used by the UL signal in the non-SBFD symbol configured by RRC or the frequency domain range used by the UL signal indicated by DCI.
  • FD#1-2 The frequency domain range where FD#1-1 overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.
  • FD#1-3 The frequency domain range used by the UL signal in the SBFD symbol configured by RRC.
  • the RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS) frequency domain range determination uses scheme 0-1, 0-2, 0-3 or 0-4, and the Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS) frequency domain range determination uses scheme 0-1.
  • the UL signal frequency domain range is determined based on any one of the first determination method to the third determination method, and the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located does not overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range. If the UL signal frequency domain range is determined using the fourth determination method, and FD#1-1 does not overlap or overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.
  • the UL transmission frequency domain outside the range may refer to a frequency domain outside the uplink frequency domain used by the uplink BWP.
  • the second information may further indicate a symbol type that can be used for one UL transmission (may also be indicated by other information), wherein the symbol type that can be used for one uplink transmission includes:
  • a UL transmission can only be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols
  • One UL transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols
  • One UL transmission can only be in SBFD symbols
  • An UL transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.
  • Step 3 The terminal determines whether to send the UL signal according to the processing criteria of the UL signal and SFI-SBFD/DL/UL/F.
  • the scheme is as follows:
  • an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission means that the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol has no overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range
  • an SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission means that the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.
  • each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is an SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission, and the UL signal is sent;
  • each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is SFI-U, and the UL signal is sent;
  • the UL signal is sent on the SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission in the symbol where the UL signal is located;
  • the UL signal is sent on the SFI-U in the symbol where the UL signal is located;
  • the UL signal is sent on the SFI-SBFD and SFI-U symbols that can be used for UL transmission in the symbol where the UL signal is located.
  • First set a set of first symbols where the UL signal is located
  • the second set includes the first number of symbols (i.e., TProc.2) after the last symbol of the CORESET of the DCI;
  • the third set the SFI-D symbols, SFI-F symbols in the first set, and the SFI-SBFD symbols that cannot be used for UL transmission;
  • the fifth set the SFI-D symbol, SFI-U symbol, SFI-F symbol in the first set and the SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission.
  • Eighth processing rule if the second set overlaps with the first set, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission, otherwise, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission;
  • the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the symbols overlapping the second set and the first set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the first symbol;
  • Tenth processing rule the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the third symbol;
  • the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the fourth set;
  • Twelfth processing rule the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on the remaining symbols in the fifth set.
  • Processing rule 14 If the symbol where the UL signal is located contains at least one SFI-SBFD symbol, the UL signal is canceled or the terminal does not expect this to happen;
  • Case 1 A transmission can be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols
  • Case 1-1-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-U or only SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission, and the third processing rule is used;
  • the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains both an SFI-SBFD symbol and an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission, or contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:
  • the eighth processing rule is used.
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.
  • Case 1-2-1 In each symbol of the first symbol where the UL signal is located, the UL signal frequency domain range does not overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range.
  • the first symbol includes an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission and does not include an SFI-U symbol, a fifth processing rule is used;
  • the sixth processing rule is used.
  • the first symbol includes both an SFI-SBFD symbol and an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission.
  • the newly added indication information or protocol uses one type of SFI-SBFD or SFI-U by default to send the SRS.
  • Case 1-2-2 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:
  • Case 1-3-1 When the first symbols where the UL signal is located are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, the fourth processing rule is used;
  • Case 1-3-2 When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, the fifteenth processing rule is used.
  • Case 2 A transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols
  • Case 2-1-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-SBFD symbols and/or SFI-U symbols that can be used for UL transmission: the third processing rule is used;
  • Case 2-1-2 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:
  • the eighth processing rule is used.
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.
  • Case 2-2-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol and/or an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission: the seventh processing rule is used;
  • Case 2-2-2 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol and/or an SFI-U symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission: the sixth processing rule is used;
  • Case 2-2-3 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that is not available for UL transmission: use the tenth processing rule.
  • Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS): use the fourth processing rule.
  • Case 3 A transmission can only be in SBFD symbols.
  • Case 3-1-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-SBFD symbols that can be used for UL transmission: use the first processing rule;
  • Case 3-1-2 When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/U symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission,
  • the eighth processing rule is used.
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.
  • Case 3-2-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission: the fifth processing rule;
  • Case 3-2-2 When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains at least one SFI-D symbol/U symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that is not available for UL transmission: use the twelfth processing rule;
  • the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule are used.
  • Case 4 A transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.
  • Case 4-1-1 The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only the SFI-U symbol: the second processing rule is used;
  • the eighth processing rule is used.
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.
  • time slot #0, time slot #1, and time slot #4 are all non-SBFD time slots, where time slot #0 and time slot #1 are downlink time slots, time slot #4 is an uplink time slot, and time slot #2, time slot #3, and time slot #4 are all SBFD time slots.
  • symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2 are downlink symbols
  • symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 are SBFD symbols.
  • symbol #0 to symbol #5 of time slot #3 are SBFD symbols
  • symbol #6 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 are uplink symbols.
  • the CORESET where DCI format2-0 is located is on symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2, then the fourth symbol is symbol #1 of time slot #2, and accordingly, the second set includes symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 and symbol #0 to symbol #3 of time slot #3.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #1 (i.e., RRC-U#1) includes symbols #4 to #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#1 includes symbols #4 to #13 of time slot #3.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #2 (i.e., RRC-U#2) includes symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#2 includes symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #3 (i.e., RRC-U#3) includes symbols #7 to #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#3 includes symbols #7 to #13 of time slot #3.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #4 (i.e., RRC-U#4) includes symbols #3 to #11 of time slot #2, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#4 includes symbols #3 to #11 of time slot #2.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #5 (i.e., Dynamic-U#1) includes symbol #5 to symbol #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by Dynamic-U#1 includes symbol #5 to symbol #13 of time slot #3.
  • the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #6 (i.e., Dynamic-U#2) includes symbols #3 to #13 of time slot #2, then the first set indicated by Dynamic-U#2 includes symbols #3 to #13 of time slot #2.
  • Embodiment 1 A transmission can be performed in SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols.
  • Embodiment 1-1 RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH)
  • RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4 Use the third processing rule to send a UL signal.
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2 Use the eighth processing rule or the ninth processing rule.
  • the eighth processing rule is used. Specifically, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.
  • the eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.
  • Embodiment 1-2 RRC-U (SRS)
  • RRC-U#4 Use the fifth processing rule
  • RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3 use the sixth processing rule
  • RRC-U#1 Use the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule.
  • the UL signal is sent in OS#6-OS#13;
  • RRC-U#2 Using the tenth processing rule, the second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the third set (OS#1-OS#5):
  • the terminal does not want to cancel the transmission of the SRS signal on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the third symbol.
  • Embodiment 1-3 Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS)
  • Dynamic-U#2 Use the fourth processing rule
  • Dynamic-U#1 Use the fifteenth processing rule.
  • Embodiment 2 One transmission may be in SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • Example 2-1 RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH).
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4 Use the third processing rule to send a UL signal.
  • RRC-U#2 The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the first set (OS#1-OS#11):
  • the eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.
  • Embodiment 2-2 RRC-U (SRS)
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4 use the seventh processing rule
  • RRC-U#2 Use the sixth processing rule
  • RRC-U#2 Using the tenth processing rule, the second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the third set (OS#1-OS#5):
  • the terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signal on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the third symbol.
  • Example 2-3 Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS).
  • Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2 Use the fourth processing rule.
  • Embodiment 3 A transmission can only be performed in SBFD symbols.
  • Example 3-1 RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH).
  • RRC-U#4 Use the first processing rule
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3 Use the eighth processing rule or the ninth processing rule,
  • the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.
  • the eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.
  • Embodiment 3-2 RRC-U (SRS):
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#4 Use the fifth processing rule.
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3 Using the twelfth processing rule, in time slot #3, the second set includes OS#0-OS#3.
  • the second set does not overlap with the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#6-OS#11.
  • the terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signals on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signals on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#11 in the fifth set.
  • the second set does not overlap with the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#7-OS#13.
  • Embodiment 3-3 Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS):
  • Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2 Use the first processing rule.
  • the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule are used.
  • Embodiment 4 A transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.
  • Embodiment 4-1 RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH):
  • RRC-U#3 Use the second processing rule.
  • the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.
  • the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.
  • the eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;
  • the ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission on OS#3-OS#11 where the second set overlaps with the first set.
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3 Use the sixth processing rule.
  • RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#4 Using the eleventh processing rule, in time slot #2, the second set includes OS#2-OS#13, in time slot In #3, the second set includes OS#0-OS#3.
  • the second set does not overlap with the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#4-OS#5.
  • the terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signals on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signals on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the fourth set.
  • the second set does not overlap with the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#7-OS#11.
  • Embodiment 4-3 Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS):
  • Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2 Use the 14th processing rule.
  • OS OFDM symbol
  • this scheme does not limit the symbol category to OFDM symbol.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also propose a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is proposed, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.
  • a network device such as a core network device, etc.
  • another device is also proposed, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as an access network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.
  • the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation.
  • the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory.
  • the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor a microprocessor
  • the units or modules in the device may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all of the units or modules may be implemented by designing the hardware circuits.
  • the hardware circuits may be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation, the hardware circuits are application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and the functions of some or all of the above units or modules may be implemented by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuits; for another example, in another implementation, the hardware circuits may be implemented by programmable logic devices (PLDs), and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be used as an example, which may include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits may be configured by configuring the configuration files, thereby implementing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices may be implemented in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in the form of software called by the processor, and the remaining part may be implemented in
  • the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability.
  • the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP); in another implementation, the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of a hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit may be fixed or reconfigurable, such as a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration may be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules.
  • it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as ASIC, such as Neural Network Processing Unit (NPU), Tensor Processing Unit (TPU), Deep Learning Processing Unit (DPU), etc.
  • ASIC Neural Network Processing Unit
  • NPU Neural Network Processing Unit
  • TPU Tensor Processing Unit
  • DPU Deep Learning Processing Unit
  • FIG4A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a terminal 4100 may include: a transceiver module 4101 and a processing module 4102 .
  • the transceiver module 4101 is configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of the symbol;
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 4101 is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the processing module 4102 is configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 4101 is used to execute at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving that can be executed by the terminal 4100 in any of the above methods (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), which will not be repeated here.
  • processing module 4102 is used to execute at least one of the other steps (such as step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, but not limited thereto) executable by the terminal 4100 in any of the above methods, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG4B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a network device 4200 may include: a transceiver module 4201 and a processing module 4202 .
  • the transceiver module 4201 is configured to send the first information based on the symbol type of the symbol;
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 4201 is also configured to send second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.
  • the processing module 4202 is configured to determine whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver module 4201 is used to execute at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving that can be executed by the network device 4200 in any of the above methods (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), which will not be repeated here.
  • the processing module 4202 is used to execute at least one of the other steps (such as step S2106, but not limited to this) that can be executed by the network device 4200 in any of the above methods, which are not repeated here.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and/or a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be separate or integrated.
  • the transceiver module may be interchangeable with the transceiver.
  • the processing module may be a single module or may include multiple submodules.
  • the processing module can be replaced with the processor.
  • FIG5A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 5100 proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication device 5100 may be a network device (e.g., a core network device, an access network device, etc.), or a terminal (e.g., a user device, etc.), or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a core network device to implement any of the above methods, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a terminal to implement any of the above methods.
  • the communication device 5100 may be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment, and the details may refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 5100 includes one or more processors 5101.
  • the processor 5101 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, for example, a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process the communication protocol and the communication data
  • the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device (such as a base station, a baseband chip, a terminal device, a terminal device chip, a DU or a CU, etc.), execute a program, and process the data of the program.
  • the communication device 5100 is used to execute any of the above methods.
  • the communication device 5100 further includes one or more memories 5102 for storing instructions.
  • the memory 5102 may also be outside the communication device 5100.
  • the communication device 5100 further includes one or more transceivers 5103.
  • the transceiver 5103 performs at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving in the above method (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited thereto), and the processor 5101 performs at least one of the other steps (for example, step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, step S2106, but not limited thereto).
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and/or a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated.
  • the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.
  • the communication device 5100 may include one or more interface circuits 5104.
  • the interface circuit 5104 is connected to the memory 5102, and the interface circuit 5104 may be used to receive signals from the memory 5102 or other devices, and may be used to send signals to the memory 5102 or other devices.
  • the interface circuit 5104 may read instructions stored in the memory 5102 and send the instructions to the processor 5101.
  • the communication device 5100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 5100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 5100 may not be limited by FIG. 5A.
  • the communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be: 1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 5200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication device 5200 may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip 5200 includes one or more processors 5201, and the chip 5200 is used to execute any of the above methods.
  • the chip 5200 further includes one or more interface circuits 5202.
  • the interface circuit 5202 is connected to the memory 5203.
  • the interface circuit 5202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 5203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 5202 can be used to send signals to the memory 5203 or other devices.
  • the interface circuit 5202 can read instructions stored in the memory 5203 and send the instructions to the processor 5201.
  • the interface circuit 5202 executes at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving in the above method (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), and the processor 5201 executes at least one of the other steps (for example, step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, step S2106, but not limited to this).
  • interface circuit interface circuit
  • transceiver pin transceiver
  • the chip 5200 further includes one or more memories 5203 for storing instructions. Alternatively, all or part of the memory 5203 may be outside the chip 5200.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 5100, the communication device 5100 executes any of the above methods.
  • the storage medium is an electronic storage medium.
  • the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices.
  • the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a temporary storage medium.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a program product, which, when executed by the communication device 5100, enables the communication device 5100 to execute any of the above methods.
  • the program product is a computer program product.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a communication method and apparatus, and a storage medium. The method comprises: receiving first information, wherein the first information is used for determining a symbol type of a symbol; receiving second information, wherein the second information is used for determining at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource that are used for an uplink signal, a frequency domain range used for the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of a first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used for the uplink signal; and on the basis of a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal. The present disclosure improves the uplink coverage and throughput, and improves the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

Description

通信方法及装置、存储介质Communication method, device, and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及通信领域，尤其涉及通信方法及装置、存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and device, and a storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

目前，为了提升上行覆盖及吞吐量，对子带全双工(Subband Full Duplex，SBFD)方案进行了研究。At present, in order to improve uplink coverage and throughput, the Subband Full Duplex (SBFD) scheme has been studied.

发明内容Summary of the invention

为提高SBFD的可用性和灵活性，本公开实施例提供一种通信方法及装置、存储介质。In order to improve the availability and flexibility of SBFD, the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a communication method and device, and a storage medium.

根据本公开实施例的第一方面，提供一种通信方法，包括：接收第一信息；其中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；接收第二信息；其中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication method is provided, comprising: receiving first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; receiving second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used by the uplink signal; and determining whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

根据本公开实施例的第二方面，提供一种通信方法，包括：基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication method is provided, including: sending first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; sending second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

根据本公开实施例的第三方面，提供一种终端，包括：收发模块，被配置为接收第一信息；其中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；收发模块，还被配置为接收第二信息；其中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；处理模块，被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。According to the third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a terminal is provided, comprising: a transceiver module, configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

根据本公开实施例的第四方面，提供一种网络设备，包括：收发模块，被配置为基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；收发模块，还被配置为基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；处理模块，被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。According to a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a network device is provided, including: a transceiver module, configured to send first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to send second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether a terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

根据本公开实施例的第五方面，提供一种终端，包括：一个或多个处理器；其中，终端用于执行第一方面任一项的通信方法。According to a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a terminal is provided, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the terminal is used to execute any one of the communication methods of the first aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第六方面，提供一种网络设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；其中，网络设备用于执行第二方面任一项的通信行为的方法。According to a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a network device, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the network device is used to execute the method of the communication behavior of any one of the second aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第七方面，提供一种通信系统，包括终端、网络设备，其中，终端被配置为实现第一方面任一项的通信方法，网络设备被配置为实现第二方面任一项的通信方法。According to the seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication system is provided, including a terminal and a network device, wherein the terminal is configured to implement the communication method of any one of the first aspect, and the network device is configured to implement the communication method of any one of the second aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第八方面，提供一种存储介质，存储介质存储有指令，当指令在通信设备上运行时，使得通信设备执行第一方面或第二方面任一项的通信方法。According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a storage medium is provided, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the communication method of any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.

在本公开实施例中，上行信号所使用的频域资源范围与上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型相关，在引入SBFD符号的情况下，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the disclosed embodiment, the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal. When the SBFD symbol is introduced, the uplink coverage and throughput are improved, and the availability and flexibility of SBFD are improved.

应当理解的是，以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的，并不能限制本公开。It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the present disclosure.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分，示出了符合本发明的实施例，并与说明书一起用于解释本发明的原理。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the invention and, together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention.

图1A是根据本公开实施例提供的通信系统的架构的一个示例性示意图。FIG1A is an exemplary schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图1B是根据本公开实施例提供的SBFD符号/SBFD时隙的示例性示意图。FIG1B is an exemplary schematic diagram of an SBFD symbol/SBFD time slot provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图1C是根据本公开实施例提供的上行信号处理的场景示意图。FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a scenario of uplink signal processing provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图2是根据本公开实施例提供的通信方法的一个示例性交互流程示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3A是根据本公开实施例提供的通信方法的一个示例性交互流程示意图。FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of a communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3B是根据本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法的一个示例性交互流程示意图。FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction flow of an information transmission method provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图3C是根据本公开实施例提供的上行信号处理的场景示意图。FIG3C is a schematic diagram of a scenario of uplink signal processing provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图4A是根据本公开实施例提供的终端的一个示例性交互示意框图。FIG4A is a schematic block diagram of an exemplary interaction of a terminal provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图4B是根据本公开实施例提供的网络设备的一个示例性交互示意框图。FIG4B is a schematic block diagram of an exemplary interaction of a network device provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图5A是根据本公开实施例提供的通信设备的一个示例性交互示意图。FIG5A is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interaction of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

图5B是根据本公开实施例提供的芯片的一个示例性交互示意图。 FIG5B is an exemplary interaction diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明，其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时，除非另有表示，不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本发明相一致的所有实施方式。相反，它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本发明的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The embodiments described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all embodiments consistent with the present invention. Instead, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the present invention as detailed in the appended claims.

本公开实施例提出了一种通信方法及装置、存储介质。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a communication method, a device, and a storage medium.

第一方面，本公开实施例提出了一种通信方法，包括：接收第一信息；其中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；接收第二信息；其中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication method, comprising: receiving first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; receiving second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used by the uplink signal; based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal.

上述实施例中，上行信号所使用的频域资源范围与上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型相关，在引入SBFD符号的情况下，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal. When the SBFD symbol is introduced, the uplink coverage and throughput are improved, and the availability and flexibility of SBFD are improved.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示以下至少一项：第一符号的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第一对应关系；终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送上行信号之间的第二对应关系；一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第三对应关系。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the processing rules are used to indicate at least one of the following: a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal; a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal; a third correspondence between the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal.

上述实施例中，处理规则可以用于指示上述至少一个对应关系，终端可以基于该处理规则确定是否发送上行信号，明确了终端行为，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the processing rule can be used to indicate the above at least one corresponding relationship, and the terminal can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the processing rule, which clarifies the terminal behavior and has high usability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，方法还包括：基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式、第四确定方式中的任一方式，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围；基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the method also includes: determining the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method; based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

上述实施例中，终端可以采用上述任一种方式确定上行信号所使用的频域范围，进而基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the terminal can use any of the above methods to determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, and then determine whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, with high availability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，包括以下任一项：基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式中的任一方式，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠；基于第四确定方式，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围有交叠或无交叠。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range includes any one of the following: determining based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; determining based on the fourth determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps or does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.

上述实施例中，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，实现简便，可用性高。结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第一确定方式包括以下至少一项：第一符号是非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；第一符号是SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围；其中，第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围。In the above embodiment, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range is simple to implement and has high availability. In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the first determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is the frequency domain range that overlaps between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.

上述实施例中，可以基于上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型，确定上行信号所使用的不同的频域范围，提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, different frequency domain ranges used by the uplink signal may be determined based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, thereby improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第二确定方式包括以下至少一项：第一符号是非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；第一符号是SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第四频域范围；其中，第四频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the second determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.

上述实施例中，可以基于上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型，确定上行信号所使用的不同的频域范围，提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, different frequency domain ranges used by the uplink signal may be determined based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, thereby improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第三确定方式包括：第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围或第四频域范围；其中，第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；其中，第四频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the third determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.

上述实施例中，上行信号所使用的第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围均可以为第三频域范围或第四频域范围，确保终端与网络设备对上行信号所使用的频域范围理解一致，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the first symbol used by the uplink signal is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal can be the third frequency domain range or the fourth frequency domain range, ensuring that the terminal and the network device have a consistent understanding of the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal and high availability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第四确定方式包括：第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the fourth determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.

上述实施例中，上行信号所使用的第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围均可以为第二频域范围，确保终端与网络设备对上行信号所使用的频域范围理解一致，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the first symbol used by the uplink signal is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal can be the second frequency domain range, ensuring that the terminal and the network device have a consistent understanding of the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal and high availability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第二信息还用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission.

上述实施例中，可以通过第二信息指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型，实现简便，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the second information may be used to indicate the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission, which is simple to implement and has high availability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，所述处理规则用于指示所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一处理规则，第一处理规则包括：上行 信号所在的每个第一符号均为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号时，发送上行信号；第二处理规则，第二处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号均为上行符号时，发送上行信号；第三处理规则，第三处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号时，发送上行信号；第四处理规则，第四处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号、上行符号、灵活符号中的任一项时，发送上行信号；第五处理规则，第五处理规则包括：在第二符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号；第六处理规则，第六处理规则包括：在第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号；第七处理规则，第七处理规则包括：在第二符号和第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the processing rule is used to indicate a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a first processing rule, the first processing rule includes: an uplink signal When each first symbol where the signal is located is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a second processing rule, the second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, an uplink signal is sent; a third processing rule, the third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of an SBFD symbol, an uplink symbol, and a flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fifth processing rule, the fifth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a second symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol; a sixth processing rule, the sixth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a third symbol; wherein the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol; a seventh processing rule, the seventh processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a second symbol and a third symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol, and the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol.

上述实施例中，处理规则可以包括但不限于上述至少一项，考虑SBFD符号和非SBFD符号上的上行传输频域范围不同对上行信号的处理规则的影响，提高了SBFD的可靠性和可用性。In the above embodiment, the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, considering the impact of different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols on the processing rule of uplink signals, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

上述实施例中，上行信号的在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，即第一符号中的SBFD符号均属于可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，可用性高。In the above embodiment, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal in each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, that is, the SBFD symbols in the first symbol are all SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and have high availability.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送上行信号之间的第二对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第八处理规则，其中，第八处理规则包括以下至少一项：第二集合与第一集合有交叠，不期待取消上行信号传输；其中，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合；其中，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是下行控制信息DCI所在的控制资源集合CORESET的最后一个符号；第二集合与第一集合无交叠，取消上行信号传输；其中，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；第九处理规则其中，第九处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第五符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；取消第六符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第六符号是第一集合中除了第五符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；第十处理规则其中，第十处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第七符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第三集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；取消第八符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第八符号是第三集合中除了第七符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第三集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；第十一处理规则其中，第十一处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第九符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第四集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；取消第十符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十符号是第四集合中除了第九符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第四集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；第十二处理规则其中，第十二处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第十一符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第五集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；取消第十二符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十二符号是第五集合中除了第十一符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第五集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, a processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: an eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: the second set overlaps with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is not expected to be canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set CORESET where the downlink control information DCI is located; the second set does not overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located, and the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; a ninth processing rule, wherein the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol is not expected to be canceled; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set, and the first set is where the uplink signal is located. a set of first symbols, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbol in the first set except the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; a tenth processing rule wherein the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: do not expect to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eighth symbol; wherein the eighth symbol is a symbol in the third set except the remaining symbols except the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; an eleventh processing rule wherein the eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the first set; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the first set; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol; wherein the tenth symbol is the symbol remaining in the fourth set except the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is at the last symbol of the CORESET, the fourth set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the first set; a twelfth processing rule, wherein the twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: not expecting to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; canceling the uplink signal transmission on the twelfth symbol; wherein the twelfth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fifth set except the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set.

上述实施例中，处理规则可以包括但不限于上述至少一项，考虑终端是否具备部分取消能力对上行信号的处理规则的影响，提高了SBFD的可靠性和可用性。In the above embodiment, the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, and the influence of whether the terminal has the partial cancellation capability on the processing rule of the uplink signal is considered, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第三对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第十三处理规则，第十三处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号；第十四处理规则，第十四处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号；第十五处理规则，第十五处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号时，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, a processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; a fourteenth processing rule, the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol; a fifteenth processing rule, the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol.

上述实施例中，处理规则可以包括但不限于上述至少一项，考虑一次上行传输可使用的符号类型对上行信号的处理规则的影响，提高了SBFD的可靠性和可用性。In the above embodiment, the processing rule may include but is not limited to at least one of the above items, and the influence of the symbol type available for an uplink transmission on the processing rule of the uplink signal is considered, thereby improving the reliability and availability of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行符号或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基 于第三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, based on According to the third processing rule, it is determined whether to send an uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any of the following items: the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第一类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the first type of uplink signals, different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括以下任一项：上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD，第一符号中不包括上行符号，基于第五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括上行符号，第一符号中不包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，基于第五处理规则或第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，基于接收到的指示信息，使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号，发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号，发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any of the following items: the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol; based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and the first symbol does not include an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the uplink signal is transmitted on each first The frequency domain range used on the symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink signal that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, it is determined whether to send an uplink signal; wherein, the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the received indication information, the SBFD symbol or uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol is used to send the uplink signal; wherein, the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and the uplink signal is sent using the SBFD symbol or uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol; wherein, the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第二类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the second type of uplink signals, different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号均为SBFD符号或均为非SBFD符号，基于第四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, including: the first symbols are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，基于第十五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and based on the fifteenth processing rule, determining whether to send an uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，且第二信息为动态信令时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol and the second information is dynamic signaling, different processing rules are determined to be used and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行信号和/或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes the uplink signal and/or the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第一类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the first type of uplink signals, different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于第七处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号中包括不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。 In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: if the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; if the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第二类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the second type of uplink signals, different processing rules are determined to be used, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：基于第四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on a fourth processing rule.

上述实施例中，当一次上行传输可以在SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，且第二信息为动态信令时，确定所使用的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when an uplink transmission can be in SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is dynamic signaling, the processing rule to be used is determined, and it is determined whether to send an uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission at one time only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第一类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types available for transmission at one time include only SBFD symbols, and the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the uplink signals of the first type, the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十二处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the twelfth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第二类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the uplink signals of the second type, the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：基于第一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；基于第一处理规则和第十三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule; determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为动态信令时，确定所使用的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types available for transmission only include SBFD symbols and the second information is dynamic signaling, the processing rules used are determined and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行符号，基于第二处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of the downlink symbol, the flexible symbol and the SBFD symbol, and the terminal does not have the partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of the downlink symbol, the flexible symbol and the SBFD symbol, and the terminal has the partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于第一类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types available for transmission in one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal belongs to any one of the first type of uplink signals, the different processing rules used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving the uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括上行符号，基于第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types available for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS;

基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol; based on the eleventh processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，且第二信息为高层信令，上行信号属于 第二类型的上行信号中的任一项时，确定所使用的不同的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types available for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal belongs to When any one of the second type of uplink signals is received, different processing rules to be used are determined, and it is determined whether to send the uplink signal, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

结合第一方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，包括：基于第十四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the first aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether to send an uplink signal includes: determining whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourteenth processing rule.

上述实施例中，当一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为动态信令时，确定所使用的处理规则，并确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, when the symbol types available for transmission only include non-SBFD symbols and the second information is dynamic signaling, the processing rules used are determined and whether to send an uplink signal is determined, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

第二方面，本公开实施例提出了一种通信方法，包括：基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication method, including: sending first information based on the symbol type of the symbol; sending second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

上述实施例中，上行信号所使用的频域资源范围与上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型相关，在引入SBFD符号的情况下，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal. When the SBFD symbol is introduced, the uplink coverage and throughput are improved, and the availability and flexibility of SBFD are improved.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示以下至少一项：第一符号的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第一对应关系；终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送上行信号之间的第二对应关系；一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第三对应关系。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the processing rules are used to indicate at least one of the following: a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal; a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal; a third correspondence between the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，方法还包括：基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式、第四确定方式中的任一方式，配置上行信号所使用的频域范围；基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the method also includes: configuring the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method; based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，包括以下任一项：基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式中的任一方式，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠；基于第四确定方式，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围有交叠或无交叠。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determining whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range includes any of the following items: determining based on any of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; determining based on the fourth determination method that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps or does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第一确定方式包括以下至少一项：第一符号是非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；第一符号是SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围；其中，第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the first determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第二确定方式包括以下至少一项：第一符号是非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；第一符号是SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第四频域范围；其中，第四频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the second determination method includes at least one of the following: the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第三确定方式包括：第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围或第四频域范围；其中，第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围；其中，第四频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the third determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第四确定方式包括：第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，第二频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，第二频域范围是第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the fourth determination method includes: the first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，第二信息还用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第一对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一处理规则，第一处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号均为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号时，发送上行信号；第二处理规则，第二处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号均为上行符号时，发送上行信号；第三处理规则，第三处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号时，发送上行信号；第四处理规则，第四处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号、上行符号、灵活符号中的任一项时，发送上行信号；第五处理规则，第五处理规则包括：在第二符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号；第六处理规则，第六处理规则包括：在第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号；第七处理规则，第七处理规则包括：在第二符号和第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, a processing rule is used to indicate a first correspondence between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send an uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a first processing rule, the first processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a second processing rule, the second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, an uplink signal is sent; a third processing rule, the third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, an uplink signal is sent; a fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule includes: The rules include: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of the SBFD symbol, the uplink symbol, and the flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the uplink signal is sent; the fifth processing rule, the fifth processing rule includes: sending the uplink signal on the second symbol; wherein the second symbol is the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol; the sixth processing rule, the sixth processing rule includes: sending the uplink signal on the third symbol; wherein the third symbol is the uplink symbol in the first symbol; the seventh processing rule, the seventh processing rule includes: sending the uplink signal on the second symbol and the third symbol; wherein the second symbol is the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol, and the third symbol is the uplink symbol in the first symbol.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送上行信号之间的第二对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第八处理规则，其中，第八处理规则包括以下至少一项：第二集合与第一集合有交叠，不期待取消上行信号传输；其中，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合；其中，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是下行控制信息DCI所在的控制资 源集合CORESET的最后一个符号；第二集合与第一集合无交叠，取消上行信号传输；其中，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；第九处理规则，其中，第九处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第五符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；取消第六符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第六符号是第一集合中除了第五符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，第一集合是上行信号所在的第一符号的集合，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；第十处理规则，其中，第十处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第七符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第三集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；取消第八符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第八符号是第三集合中除了第七符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第三集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；第十一处理规则，其中，第十一处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第九符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第四集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；取消第十符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十符号是第四集合中除了第九符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第四集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；第十二处理规则，其中，第十二处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第十一符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第五集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；取消第十二符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十二符号是第五集合中除了第十一符号之外剩余的符号；其中，第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，第五集合是包括第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, a processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send an uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: an eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: the second set overlaps with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is not expected to be canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set of a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the control resource where the downlink control information DCI is located; The last symbol of the source set CORESET; the second set has no overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein, the first set is the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located, the second set is the set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; a ninth processing rule, wherein the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set, the first set is the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located, the second set is the set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; the uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol is canceled; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbols in the first set except the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set, and the first set is the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located , the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; a tenth processing rule, wherein the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eighth symbol; wherein the eighth symbol is the remaining symbol in the third set except the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set of downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in a first set; an eleventh processing rule, wherein the eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: not expecting to cancel uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set; canceling uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set ; A twelfth processing rule, wherein the twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: not expecting to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; canceling the uplink signal transmission on the twelfth symbol; wherein the twelfth symbol is the remaining symbols in the fifth set except the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送上行信号之间的第三对应关系，处理规则包括以下至少一项：第十三处理规则，第十三处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号；第十四处理规则，第十四处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号；第十五处理规则，第十五处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号时，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, a processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send an uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: a thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; a fourteenth processing rule, the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol; a fifteenth processing rule, the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行符号或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第三处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于第八处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于第九处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于第八处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于第九处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any of the following items: the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD，第一符号中不包括上行符号，基于第五处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括上行符号，第一符号中不包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第六处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，基于第五处理规则或第六处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，发送指示信息，且确定终端基于指示信息使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号，发 送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，确定终端使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号，发送上行信号；其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including any of the following items: the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol; based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol. Including SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink signal, based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink symbol, sending indication information, and determining that the terminal uses the SBFD symbol or uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol based on the indication information, and sending Send an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and determines that the terminal uses the SBFD symbol or uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol to send an uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号均为SBFD符号或均为非SBFD符号，基于第四处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbols are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，基于第十五处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and based on the fifteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行信号和/或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第三处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol only includes the uplink signal and/or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission; based on the third processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于第七处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号中包括不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于第六处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes any one of the following items: the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the tenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：基于第四处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes: based on the fourth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第一处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one time only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于第五处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十二处理规则，确定终端是否发送了发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission once only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission; based on the twelfth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：基于第一处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；基于第一处理规则和第十三处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: based on the first processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中只包括上行符号，基于第二处理规则，确定终端是否发 送了发送上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal includes: the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal. Sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括以下任一项：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于第八处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号；第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第九处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including any one of the following items: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal; the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括上行符号，基于第六处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于第十一处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for transmission in one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol; based on the eleventh processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

结合第二方面的一些实施例，在一些实施例中，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，第二信息为DCI；基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号，包括：基于第十四处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In combination with some embodiments of the second aspect, in some embodiments, the symbol types that can be used for a transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; based on the processing rules corresponding to the uplink signal, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, including: based on the fourteenth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal.

第三方面，本公开实施例提出了一种终端，包括：收发模块，被配置为接收第一信息；其中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；收发模块，还被配置为接收第二信息；其中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；处理模块，被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In the third aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a terminal, comprising: a transceiver module, configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; a processing module, configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

第四方面，本公开实施例提出了一种网络设备，包括：收发模块，被配置为基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；收发模块，还被配置为基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号；处理模块，被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a network device, comprising: a transceiver module, configured to send first information based on a symbol type of a symbol; the transceiver module is also configured to send second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; and a processing module, configured to determine whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

第五方面，本公开实施例提出了一种终端，包括：一个或多个处理器；其中，终端用于执行第一方面任一项的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a terminal, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the terminal is used to execute any communication method of the first aspect.

第六方面，本公开实施例提出了一种网络设备，包括：一个或多个处理器；其中，网络设备用于执行第二方面任一项的通信行为的方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a network device, comprising: one or more processors; wherein the network device is used to execute a method of communication behavior of any one of the second aspects.

第七方面，本公开实施例提出了一种通信系统，包括终端、网络设备，其中，终端被配置为实现第一方面任一项的通信方法，网络设备被配置为实现第二方面任一项的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a communication system, including a terminal and a network device, wherein the terminal is configured to implement any communication method of the first aspect, and the network device is configured to implement any communication method of the second aspect.

第八方面，本公开实施例提出了一种存储介质，存储介质存储有指令，当指令在通信设备上运行时，使得通信设备执行如第一方面或第二方面任一项的通信方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure proposes a storage medium storing instructions, which, when executed on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute a communication method as described in any one of the first aspect or the second aspect.

可以理解地，上述终端、网络设备、通信系统、存储介质、计算机程序均用于执行本公开实施例所提出的方法。因此，其所能达到的有益效果可以参考对应方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。It is understandable that the above-mentioned terminals, network devices, communication systems, storage media, and computer programs are all used to execute the methods proposed in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods, which will not be repeated here.

本公开实施例提出了通信方法及装置、存储介质。在一些实施例中，通信方法与信息处理方法、信号处理方法等术语可以相互替换，通信装置与信息处理装置、信号处理装置等术语可以相互替换，信息处理系统、信号处理系统等术语可以相互替换。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide communication methods, devices, and storage media. In some embodiments, the terms communication method, information processing method, signal processing method, etc. can be interchangeable, the terms communication device, information processing device, signal processing device, etc. can be interchangeable, and the terms information processing system, signal processing system, etc. can be interchangeable.

本公开实施例并非穷举，仅为部分实施例的示意，不作为对本公开保护范围的具体限制。在不矛盾的情况下，某一实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施，且各步骤之间可以任意组合，例如，在某一实施例中去除部分步骤后的方案也可以作为独立实施例来实施，且在某一实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换，另外，某一实施例中的可选实现方式可以任意组合；此外，各实施例之间可以任意组合，例如，不同实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合，某一实施例可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。The embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are only illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure. In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined. For example, a solution after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, for example, some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.

在各本公开实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，各实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性，且可以互相引用，不同实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified or there is a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form a new embodiment based on their internal logical relationships.

本公开实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的，而并非作为对本公开的限制。The terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present disclosure.

在本公开实施例中，除非另有说明，以单数形式表示的元素，如“一个”、“一种”、“该”、“上述”、“”、“前述”、“这一”等，可以表示“一个且只有一个”，也可以表示“一个或多个”、“至少一个”等。例如，在翻译中使用如英语中的“a”、“an”、“the”等冠词(article)的情况下，冠词之后的名词可以理解为单数表达形式，也可以理解为复数表达形式。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, elements expressed in the singular form, such as "a", "an", "the", "above", "", "the", "the", etc., may mean "one and only one", or "one or more", "at least one", etc. For example, when using articles such as "a", "an", "the" in English in translation, the noun after the article may be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.

在本公开实施例中，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, “plurality” refers to two or more.

在一些实施例中，“至少一者(至少一项、至少一个)(at least one of)”、“一个或多个(one or more)”、“多个(a plurality of)”、“多个(multiple)等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms "at least one of", "one or more", "a plurality of", "multiple", etc. can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中，“A、B中的至少一者”、“A和/或B”、“在一情况下A，在另一情况下B”、“响应于一情况A，响应于另一情况B”等记载方式，根据情况可以包括以下技术方案：在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A)；在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B)；在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行)；在一些实施例中A和B(A和B都被执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, "at least one of A and B", "A and/or B", "A in one case, B in another case", "in response to one case A, in response to another case B", etc., may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). When there are more branches such as A, B, C, etc., the above is also similar.

在一些实施例中，“A或B”等记载方式，根据情况可以包括以下技术方案：在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A)；在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B)；在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执 行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, the description of "A or B" may include the following technical solutions according to the situation: in some embodiments, A (execute A independently of B); in some embodiments, B (execute B independently of A); in some embodiments, select from A and B to execute (A and B are selectively executed); When there are more branches such as A, B, C, the above is also similar.

本公开实施例中的“第一”、“第二”等前缀词，仅仅为了区分不同的描述对象，不对描述对象的位置、顺序、优先级、数量或内容等构成限制，对描述对象的陈述参见权利要求或实施例中上下文的描述，不应因为使用前缀词而构成多余的限制。例如，描述对象为“字段”，则“第一字段”和“第二字段”中“字段”之前的序数词并不限制“字段”之间的位置或顺序，“第一”和“第二”并不限制其修饰的“字段”是否在同一个消息中，也不限制“第一字段”和“第二字段”的先后顺序。再如，描述对象为“等级”，则“第一等级”和“第二等级”中“等级”之前的序数词并不限制“等级”之间的优先级。再如，描述对象的数量并不受序数词的限制，可以是一个或者多个，以“第一装置”为例，其中“装置”的数量可以是一个或者多个。此外，不同前缀词修饰的对象可以相同或不同，例如，描述对象为“装置”，则“第一装置”和“第二装置”可以是相同的装置或者不同的装置，其类型可以相同或不同；再如，描述对象为“信息”，则“第一信息”和“第二信息”可以是相同的信息或者不同的信息，其内容可以相同或不同。The prefixes such as "first" and "second" in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to distinguish different description objects, and do not constitute restrictions on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects. The statement of the description object refers to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and should not constitute unnecessary restrictions due to the use of prefixes. For example, if the description object is a "field", the ordinal number before the "field" in the "first field" and the "second field" does not limit the position or order between the "fields", and the "first" and "second" do not limit whether the "fields" they modify are in the same message, nor do they limit the order of the "first field" and the "second field". For another example, if the description object is a "level", the ordinal number before the "level" in the "first level" and the "second level" does not limit the priority between the "levels". For another example, the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number, and can be one or more. Taking the "first device" as an example, the number of "devices" can be one or more. In addition, the objects modified by different prefixes may be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device", then the "first device" and the "second device" may be the same device or different devices, and their types may be the same or different. For another example, if the description object is "information", then the "first information" and the "second information" may be the same information or different information, and their contents may be the same or different.

在一些实施例中，“包括A”、“包含A”、“用于指示A”、“携带A”，可以解释为直接携带A，也可以解释为间接指示A。In some embodiments, “including A”, “comprising A”, “used to indicate A”, and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.

在一些实施例中，装置和设备可以解释为实体的、也可以解释为虚拟的，其名称不限定于实施例中所记载的名称，在一些情况下也可以被理解为“设备(equipment)”、“设备(device)”、“电路”、“网元”、“节点”、“功能”、“单元”、“部件(section)”、“系统”、“网络”、“实体”、“主体”等。In some embodiments, devices and equipment may be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to the names described in the embodiments. In some cases, they may also be understood as "equipment", "device", "circuit", "network element", "node", "function", "unit", "section", "system", "network", "entity", "subject", etc.

在一些实施例中，“网络”可以解释为网络中包含的装置，例如，接入网设备、核心网设备等。In some embodiments, "network" can be interpreted as devices included in the network, such as access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.

在一些实施例中，“接入网设备(access network device，AN device)”也可以被称为“无线接入网设备(radio access network device，RAN device)”、“基站(base station，BS)”、“无线基站(radio base station)”、“固定台(fixed station)”，在一些实施例中也可以被理解为“节点(node)”、“接入点(access point)”、“发送点(transmission point，TP)”、“接收点(reception point，RP)”、“发送和/或接收点(transmission/reception point，TRP)”、“面板(panel)”、“天线面板(antenna panel)”、“天线阵列(antenna array)”、“小区(cell)”、“宏小区(macro cell)”、“小型小区(small cell)”、“毫微微小区(femto cell)”、“微微小区(pico cell)”、“扇区(sector)”、“小区组(cell group)”、“服务小区”等。In some embodiments, "access network device (AN device)" may also be referred to as "radio access network device (RAN device)", "base station (BS)", "radio base station (radio base station)", "fixed station (fixed station)", and in some embodiments may also be understood as "node (node)", "access point (access point)", "transmission point (transmission point, TP)", "reception point (reception point, RP)", "transmission and/or reception point (transmission/reception point, TRP)", "panel (panel)", "antenna panel (antenna panel)", "antenna array (antenna array)", "cell (cell)", "macro cell (macro cell)", "small cell (small cell)", "femto cell (femto cell)", "pico cell (pico cell)", "sector (sector)", "cell group (cell group)", "service cell" and the like.

在一些实施例中，获取数据、信息等可以遵照所在地国家的法律法规。In some embodiments, acquisition of data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.

在一些实施例中，可以在得到用户同意后获取数据、信息等。In some embodiments, data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.

此外，本公开实施例的表格中的每一元素、每一行、或每一列均可以作为独立实施例来实施，任意元素、任意行、任意列的组合也可以作为独立实施例来实施。In addition, each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns may also be implemented as an independent embodiment.

图1A是根据本公开实施例示出的通信系统的架构示意图。FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

如图1A所示，通信系统100包括终端101和网络设备102。As shown in FIG. 1A , a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102 .

在一些实施例中，终端101例如包括手机(mobile phone)、可穿戴设备、物联网设备、具备通信功能的汽车、智能汽车、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端设备、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备中的至少一者，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited to these.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以包括但不限于接入网设备102-1和核心网设备102-2中的至少一个。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may include, but is not limited to, at least one of an access network device 102 - 1 and a core network device 102 - 2 .

在一些实施例中，接入网设备102-1例如是将终端接入到无线网络的节点或设备，接入网设备可以包括5G通信系统中的演进节点B(evolved NodeB，eNB)、下一代演进节点B(next generation eNB，ng-eNB)、下一代节点B(next generation NodeB，gNB)、节点B(node B，NB)、家庭节点B(home node B，HNB)、家庭演进节点B(home evolved nodeB，HeNB)、无线回传设备、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)、移动交换中心、6G通信系统中的基站、开放型基站(Open RAN)、云基站(Cloud RAN)、其他通信系统中的基站、Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点中的至少一者，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device 102-1 is, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network. The access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中，接入网设备102-1可以由集中单元(central unit，CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)组成的，其中，CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit)，采用CU-DU的结构可以将接入网设备的协议层拆分开，部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制，剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中，由CU集中控制DU，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device 102-1 may be composed of a centralized unit (central unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), wherein the CU may also be referred to as a control unit (control unit). The CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layer of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layer being centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all of the functions of the protocol layer being distributed in the DU, and the DU being centrally controlled by the CU, but not limited to this.

在一些实施例中，核心网设备102-2可以是一个设备，包括一个或多个网元等，也可以是多个设备或设备群。网元可以是虚拟的，也可以是实体的。核心网例如包括演进分组核心(Evolved Packet Core，EPC)、5G核心网络(5G Core Network，5GCN)、下一代核心(Next Generation Core，NGC)中的至少一者。In some embodiments, the core network device 102-2 may be a device including one or more network elements, or may be multiple devices or a group of devices. The network element may be virtual or physical. The core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).

在一些实施例中，本公开的技术方案可适用于Open RAN架构，此时，本公开实施例所涉及的接入网设备间或者接入网设备内的接口可变为Open RAN的内部接口，这些内部接口之间的流程和信息交互可以通过软件或者程序实现。In some embodiments, the technical solution of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture. In this case, the interfaces between access network devices or within access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.

在一些实施例中，在一些实施例中，终端101通过接入网设备102-1与核心网设备102-2连接。In some embodiments, in some embodiments, the terminal 101 is connected to the core network device 102-2 through the access network device 102-1.

可以理解的是，本公开实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本公开实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本公开实施例提出的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本公开实施例提出的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。It can be understood that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure. A person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution proposed in the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.

下述本公开实施例可以应用于图1A所示的通信系统100、或部分主体，但不限于此。图1A所示的各主体是例示，通信系统可以包括图1A中的全部或部分主体，也可以包括图1A以外的其他主体，各主体数量和形态为任意，各主体可以是实体的也可以是虚拟的，各主体之间的连接关系是例示，各主体之间可以不连接也可以连接， 其连接可以是任意方式，可以是直接连接也可以是间接连接，可以是有线连接也可以是无线连接。The following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1A or part of the subject, but are not limited thereto. The subjects shown in FIG. 1A are examples, and the communication system may include all or part of the subjects in FIG. 1A, or may include other subjects other than FIG. 1A, and the number and form of the subjects are arbitrary, and the subjects may be physical or virtual, and the connection relationship between the subjects is an example, and the subjects may be connected or disconnected. The connection can be in any manner, direct or indirect, wired or wireless.

本公开各实施例可以应用于长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)、LTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Beyond(LTE-B)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、第四代移动通信系统(4th generation mobile communication system，4G)、第五代移动通信系统(5th generation mobile communication system，5G)、5G新空口(new radio，NR)、未来无线接入(Future Radio Access，FRA)、新无线接入技术(New-Radio Access Technology，RAT)、新无线(New Radio，NR)、新无线接入(New radio access，NX)、未来一代无线接入(Future generation radio access，FX)、Global System for Mobile communications(GSM(注册商标))、CDMA2000、超移动宽带(Ultra Mobile Broadband，UMB)、IEEE802.11(Wi-Fi(注册商标))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(注册商标))、IEEE 802.20、超宽带(Ultra-WideBand，UWB)、蓝牙(Bluetooth(注册商标))、陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络、利用其他通信方法的系统、基于它们而扩展的下一代系统等。此外，也可以将多个系统组合(例如，LTE或者LTE-A与5G的组合等)应用。The embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, the fourth generation mobile communication system (4G), the fifth generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G new radio (NR), Future Radio Access (FRA), New-Radio Access Technology (RAT), New Radio (NR), New Radio (NR), and New Radio Access (N The present invention relates to wireless communication systems such as wireless (wireless) radio access (NX), future generation radio access (FX), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-Wide Band (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, systems using other communication methods, and next generation systems expanded therefrom. In addition, a combination of multiple systems (for example, a combination of LTE or LTE-A with 5G, etc.) may be used.

在本公开实施例中，一个载波分量(carrier component，CC)在下行(DownLink，DL)符号或者灵活(Flexible，F)符号上，频域范围内划分为多个子带(subband，SB)，多个SB，包括一个上行子带(UpLink subband，UL subband)及至少一个(一个或两个)下行子带，网络设备可以在下行子带发送DL信号且同时在上行子带接收UL信号。其中，DL符号或者F符号可以为时分复用上下行公共配置(TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon)、时分复用上下行专用配置(TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated)、下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)格式2-0(format 2-0)的时隙格式指示符(Slot Format Indicator，SFI)中的任一项指示为DL符号或者F符号。本公开实施例中，符号是指正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号(symbol)，后续简称为符号，英文可以缩写为OS。In the disclosed embodiment, a carrier component (CC) is divided into multiple subbands (SBs) in the frequency domain on a downlink (DL) symbol or a flexible (F) symbol, and the multiple SBs include an uplink subband (UL subband) and at least one (one or two) downlink subbands, and the network device can send a DL signal in the downlink subband and receive a UL signal in the uplink subband at the same time. The DL symbol or F symbol can be indicated as a DL symbol or an F symbol by any one of the time division multiplexing uplink and downlink common configuration (TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon), the time division multiplexing uplink and downlink dedicated configuration (TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated), and the slot format indicator (SFI) of the downlink control information (DCI) format 2-0. In the disclosed embodiments, a symbol refers to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, hereinafter referred to as a symbol, which can be abbreviated as OS in English.

一个符号在频域上同时包含下行子带和上行子带时，该符号可称为SBFD符号。类似的，一个时隙中包括至少一个SBFD符号时，该时隙可称为SBFD时隙。如果该符号不属于SBFD符号，则该符号为非SBFD符号。一个时隙中不包括任何SBFD符号时，该时隙可称为非SBFD时隙。When a symbol contains both a downlink subband and an uplink subband in the frequency domain, the symbol may be called an SBFD symbol. Similarly, when a time slot includes at least one SBFD symbol, the time slot may be called an SBFD time slot. If the symbol does not belong to an SBFD symbol, the symbol is a non-SBFD symbol. When a time slot does not include any SBFD symbol, the time slot may be called a non-SBFD time slot.

例如图1B所示，时隙#0为下行时隙，包含14个DL符号，时隙#1至时隙#3均为SBFD时隙，每个时隙包含14个SBFD符号，时隙#4为UL时隙，包含14个UL符号。For example, as shown in FIG. 1B , time slot #0 is a downlink time slot including 14 DL symbols, time slot #1 to time slot #3 are SBFD time slots, each including 14 SBFD symbols, and time slot #4 is a UL time slot including 14 UL symbols.

一个DL符号、UL符号、F符号，可通过半静态信令配置为SBFD符号，可称为半静态SBFD(semi-static-SBFD，semi-SBFD)符号。此外，一个DL符号、UL符号、F符号，可通过动态信令指示为SBFD符号，可称为时隙格式指示符SBFD(SFI-SBFD)符号。此外，还可以通过动态信令将一个SBFD符号动态调整为DL符号、UL符号或F符号。A DL symbol, UL symbol, or F symbol can be configured as an SBFD symbol through semi-static signaling, which can be called a semi-static SBFD (semi-SBFD) symbol. In addition, a DL symbol, UL symbol, or F symbol can be indicated as an SBFD symbol through dynamic signaling, which can be called a slot format indicator SBFD (SFI-SBFD) symbol. In addition, an SBFD symbol can also be dynamically adjusted to a DL symbol, a UL symbol, or an F symbol through dynamic signaling.

此外，在DL子带和UL子带之间，还可能存在保护频段(Guard Band，GB)，通过频域隔离，来减少下行子带中的DL信号和上行子带中的UL信号之间的干扰。In addition, there may be a guard band (GB) between the DL subband and the UL subband to reduce the interference between the DL signal in the downlink subband and the UL signal in the uplink subband through frequency domain isolation.

在SBFD符号中，可用于UL传输的频域范围可能包括如下两种情况：In the SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range available for UL transmission may include the following two cases:

情况一、GB和下行子带不可用于UL传输，上行子带可用于UL传输；Case 1: GB and downlink subbands cannot be used for UL transmission, and uplink subbands can be used for UL transmission;

情况二、下行子带不可用于UL传输，上行子带及GB可用于UL传输。Case 2: The downlink subband cannot be used for UL transmission, and the uplink subband and GB can be used for UL transmission.

在SBFD符号中，可用于UL传输的频域范围可称为UL传输频域范围，不可用于UL传输的频域范围可称为UL传输频域范围外。In the SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range that can be used for UL transmission may be referred to as a UL transmission frequency domain range, and the frequency domain range that cannot be used for UL transmission may be referred to as outside the UL transmission frequency domain range.

根据上述分析可知，非SBFD符号和SBFD符号的UL传输频域范围不同。在非SBFD符号上，UL传输频域范围为CC上的UL传输频域范围。在SBFD符号中，上行带宽部分(Bandwidth Part，BWP)上的UL传输频域范围指上行BWP与CC上的UL传输频域范围交叠的频域范围。According to the above analysis, the UL transmission frequency domain ranges of non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols are different. On non-SBFD symbols, the UL transmission frequency domain range is the UL transmission frequency domain range on the CC. In SBFD symbols, the UL transmission frequency domain range on the uplink bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) refers to the frequency domain range where the uplink BWP overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.

例如图1B所示，在时隙#1至时隙#3上的SBFD符号中，UL传输频域范围是指网络设备配置的上行BWP的频域范围与图1B中UL传输频域范围交叠的频域范围。For example, as shown in FIG. 1B , in the SBFD symbols on time slots #1 to #3, the UL transmission frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range where the frequency domain range of the uplink BWP configured by the network device overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range in FIG. 1B .

SBFD符号中，可用于DL传输的频域范围可能包括如下两种情况：In the SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range that can be used for DL transmission may include the following two cases:

情况一、GB和下行子带可用于DL传输，上行子带不可用于DL传输；Case 1: GB and downlink subbands can be used for DL transmission, and uplink subbands cannot be used for DL transmission;

情况二、下行子带可用于DL传输，上行子带及GB不可用于DL传输。Case 2: The downlink subband can be used for DL transmission, and the uplink subband and GB cannot be used for DL transmission.

在SBFD符号中，可用于DL传输的频域范围可称为DL传输频域范围，不可用于DL传输的频域范围可称为DL传输频域范围外。In the SBFD symbol, a frequency domain range that can be used for DL transmission may be referred to as a DL transmission frequency domain range, and a frequency domain range that cannot be used for DL transmission may be referred to as outside the DL transmission frequency domain range.

根据上述分析可知，非SBFD符号和SBFD符号的DL传输频域范围不同。在非SBFD符号上，DL传输频域范围为CC上的DL传输频域范围。SBFD符号中，DL BWP上的DL传输频域范围指DL BWP与CC上的DL传输频域范围交叠的频域范围。According to the above analysis, the DL transmission frequency domain ranges of non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols are different. On non-SBFD symbols, the DL transmission frequency domain range is the DL transmission frequency domain range on the CC. In SBFD symbols, the DL transmission frequency domain range on the DL BWP refers to the frequency domain range where the DL BWP overlaps with the DL transmission frequency domain range on the CC.

在本公开实施例中，后续DL传输频域范围指的是DL BWP上的DL传输频域范围，UL传输频域范围指的是UL BWP上的UL传输频域范围。此外，考虑到非SBFD符号和SBFD符号上干扰情况不同、非SBFD符号到SBFD符号之间可能需要切换时间，信号的一次传输可以分为如下几种情况：In the disclosed embodiment, the subsequent DL transmission frequency domain range refers to the DL transmission frequency domain range on the DL BWP, and the UL transmission frequency domain range refers to the UL transmission frequency domain range on the UL BWP. In addition, considering that the interference conditions on non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols are different and switching time may be required between non-SBFD symbols and SBFD symbols, a signal transmission can be divided into the following cases:

情况一、一次DL传输或UL传输仅可在SBFD或非SBFD符号；Case 1: A DL transmission or UL transmission can only be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols;

情况二、一次DL传输或UL传输可在SBFD及非SBFD符号；Case 2: A DL transmission or UL transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols;

情况三、一次DL传输或UL传输仅可在SBFD符号；Case 3: A DL transmission or UL transmission can only be in SBFD symbols;

情况四、一次DL传输或UL传输仅可在非SBFD符号Case 4: A DL transmission or UL transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols

在本公开实施例中，tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon和tdd-UL-DL-In the embodiment of the present disclosure, tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon and tdd-UL-DL-

ConfigurationDedicated未配置，可以确定该符号为灵活符号。或者，第一时隙中的第一符号集合通过以下方法配置为灵活符号：ConfigurationDedicated is not configured, and the symbol can be determined to be a flexible symbol. Alternatively, the first symbol set in the first time slot is configured as a flexible symbol by the following method:

方法1、由tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置为灵活符号Method 1: Configure tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon as a flexible symbol

方法2、由tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon和tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated共同配置为灵活符号。 Method 2: tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon and tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated are configured as flexible symbols.

终端接收到DCI 2-0，其指示第一符号集合的符号类型为SFI-D、SFI-U、SFI-F中的任一项。当上行信号在第一符号集合中传输时，针对不同的符号类型上行信号的处理准则如下表1所示：The terminal receives DCI 2-0, which indicates that the symbol type of the first symbol set is any one of SFI-D, SFI-U, and SFI-F. When the uplink signal is transmitted in the first symbol set, the processing criteria for the uplink signal of different symbol types are shown in Table 1 below:

表1
Table 1

下面示例性的介绍上文表1的内容：The following is an exemplary introduction to the contents of Table 1 above:

其中，Dynamic D/Dynamic U：DCI指示DL信号传输/UL信号传输；RRC-D/RRC-U：RRC配置DL信号传输/UL信号传输；Semi-D/Semi-U：半静态配置为DL符号/UL符号。其中，半静态配置包括如下2种方式：Among them, Dynamic D/Dynamic U: DCI indicates DL signal transmission/UL signal transmission; RRC-D/RRC-U: RRC configures DL signal transmission/UL signal transmission; Semi-D/Semi-U: semi-static configuration as DL symbol/UL symbol. Among them, semi-static configuration includes the following two methods:

方式1：tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置为DL符号或UL符号；Mode 1: tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is configured as DL symbol or UL symbol;

方式2：tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated配置为DL符号或UL符号；Mode 2: tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated is configured as DL symbol or UL symbol;

Semi-F：半静态配置为F符号或者无半静态配置，包括如下3种方式Semi-F: semi-static configuration is F symbol or no semi-static configuration, including the following 3 methods

方式1：tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置为F符号；Method 1: tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is configured as F symbol;

方式2：tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置为F符号；或tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated配置为F符号；Mode 2: tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon is configured as F symbol; or tdd-UL-DL-Configuration-Dedicated is configured as F symbol;

方式3：无tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon配置；且无tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置；Mode 3: No tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon configuration; and no tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated configuration;

SFI-D/SFI-U/SFI-F：DCI 2-0指示为DL符号/UL符号/F符号。SFI-D/SFI-U/SFI-F: DCI 2-0 indicates DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol.

例如图1C所示，时隙#3中，符号#0至符号#1为SFI-D，符号#2至符号#5为SFI-F，符号#6至符号#13为SFI-U；DCI 2-0所在的控制资源集合(Control Resource Set，CORESET)在时隙#2的符号#0至符号#1，第二符号集合包含时隙#2的符号#2至符号#13和时隙#3的符号#0至符号#3。For example, as shown in Figure 1C, in time slot #3, symbol #0 to symbol #1 are SFI-D, symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U; the control resource set (Control Resource Set, CORESET) where DCI 2-0 is located is in symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2, and the second symbol set includes symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 and symbol #0 to symbol #3 of time slot #3.

其中，RRC-U#1在时隙#3的符号#7至符号#13(第一符号集合)，时隙#3的符号#7至符号#13为SFI-U，RRC-U#1为RRC-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)时，终端发送UL信号(对应表1中的case 1-2)。Among them, when RRC-U#1 is from symbol #7 to symbol #13 (the first symbol set) in time slot #3, and symbol #7 to symbol #13 in time slot #3 is SFI-U, and RRC-U#1 is RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), the terminal sends a UL signal (corresponding to case 1-2 in Table 1).

其中，RRC-U#2在时隙#3的符号#1至符号#11(第一符号集合)，其中，符号#1为SFI-D，符号#2至符号#5为SFI-F，符号#6至符号#11为SFI-U，此时第三符号集合为符号#1至符号#5，第五符号集合为符号#6至符号#11。Among them, RRC-U#2 is symbol #1 to symbol #11 (first symbol set) in time slot #3, where symbol #1 is SFI-D, symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #11 are SFI-U. At this time, the third symbol set is symbol #1 to symbol #5, and the fifth symbol set is symbol #6 to symbol #11.

当RRC-U#2为RRC-U(SRS)时，终端可以在符号#6至符号#11发送SRS(对应表1中的case 1-3)。When RRC-U#2 is RRC-U(SRS), the terminal can send SRS from symbol #6 to symbol #11 (corresponding to case 1-3 in Table 1).

其中，终端不期待取消第二符号集合与第三符号集合交叠符号上的SRS信号传输，即不期待取消时隙#3的 符号#1至符号#3上的SRS信号传输，终端取消第三符号中剩余符号即符号#4至符号#5上SRS信号的传输(对应表1中的case 1-4-2)。The terminal does not expect to cancel the SRS signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second symbol set and the third symbol set, that is, it ... The SRS signal transmission on symbol #1 to symbol #3, the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols in the third symbol, namely, symbol #4 to symbol #5 (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).

当RRC-U#2为RRC-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH)时，终端不支持部分取消(partialCancellation)能力时，由于第二符号集合与第一符号集合有交叠，交叠符号包括时隙#3的符号#1至符号#3，终端不期望取消UL信号发送(对应表1中的case 1-4-2)。When RRC-U#2 is RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH), and the terminal does not support partial cancellation (partialCancellation) capability, since the second symbol set overlaps with the first symbol set, and the overlapping symbols include symbol #1 to symbol #3 of time slot #3, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).

终端支持partialCancellation能力时，终端不期望取消第二符号集合与第一符号集合交叠的符号，即符号#1至符号#3上的UL信号发送，终端取消符号#4至符号#11上的UL信号发送(对应表1中的case 1-4-2)。When the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability, the terminal does not expect to cancel the symbols of the second symbol set overlapping with the first symbol set, that is, the UL signal sending on symbol #1 to symbol #3, and the terminal cancels the UL signal sending on symbol #4 to symbol #11 (corresponding to case 1-4-2 in Table 1).

其中，Dynamic-U#1在时隙#3的符号#5至符号#13，符号#5为SFI-F，符号#6至符号#13为SFI-U。Dynamic-U#1为Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)，终端在第一符号集合发送PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS(对应表1中的case 7-1)。Among them, Dynamic-U#1 is from symbol #5 to symbol #13 in time slot #3, symbol #5 is SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U. Dynamic-U#1 is Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), and the terminal sends PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS in the first symbol set (corresponding to case 7-1 in Table 1).

其中，Dynamic-U#2在时隙#3的符号#1至符号#11，符号#1为SFI-D，符号#2至符号#5为SFI-F，符号#6至符号#13为SFI-U。Dynamic-U#2为Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)，终端不期望此种情况发生(对应表1中的case 7-2)。Among them, Dynamic-U#2 is in symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3, symbol #1 is SFI-D, symbol #2 to symbol #5 are SFI-F, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 are SFI-U. Dynamic-U#2 is Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS), and the terminal does not expect this to happen (corresponding to case 7-2 in Table 1).

如表1所示，对于UL信号的处理未考虑SBFD符号和非SBFD符号上UL传输频域范围不同，且未考虑一次UL传输可使用的符号类型。As shown in Table 1, the processing of the UL signal does not take into account the different UL transmission frequency domain ranges between the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol, and does not take into account the symbol types that can be used for one UL transmission.

在引入SFI-SBFD时，考虑SBFD符号和非SBFD符号上UL传输频域范围不同、一次UL传输可使用的符号类型对于UL信号处理准则的影响。因此，本公开提供了以下通信方法及装置、存储介质，可以基于上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围，在引入SBFD符号的情况下，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。When introducing SFI-SBFD, the influence of different UL transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols and the symbol types that can be used for one UL transmission on the UL signal processing criteria is considered. Therefore, the present disclosure provides the following communication method, device, and storage medium, which can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal, improve the uplink coverage and throughput when the SBFD symbol is introduced, and improve the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

图2是根据本公开实施例示出的通信方法的交互示意图。如图2所示，本公开实施例涉及通信方法，上述方法包括：FIG2 is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG2 , the embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a communication method, and the method includes:

步骤S2101，网络设备102发送第一信息。Step S2101, the network device 102 sends first information.

在一些实施例中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型。在一些实施例中，第一信息可以为动态信令，例如DCI。In some embodiments, the first information is used to determine the symbol type of the symbol. In some embodiments, the first information may be dynamic signaling, such as DCI.

在一个示例中，第一信息可以通过SFI配置或指示至少一个符号中每个符号的符号类型。In one example, the first information may configure or indicate a symbol type of each symbol of at least one symbol through an SFI.

在一个示例中，符号的符号类型可以包括但不限于以下任一种：SBFD符号；DL符号；UL符号；F符号。相应地，符号的符号类型可以写作SFI-SBFD符号/SFI-D符号/SFI-U符号/SFI-F符号。In one example, the symbol type of the symbol may include but is not limited to any of the following: SBFD symbol; DL symbol; UL symbol; F symbol. Accordingly, the symbol type of the symbol may be written as SFI-SBFD symbol/SFI-D symbol/SFI-U symbol/SFI-F symbol.

在一些实施例中，终端101接收该第一信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 receives the first information.

在一些实施例中，第一信息的名称不作限定。第一信息也可以替换为DCI、符号类型指示信息、符号类型配置信息等。In some embodiments, the name of the first information is not limited. The first information may also be replaced by DCI, symbol type indication information, symbol type configuration information, etc.

步骤S2102，终端101基于第一信息，确定符号的符号类型。Step S2102: Terminal 101 determines the symbol type of the symbol based on the first information.

在一些实施例中，第一信息配置或指示了符号的符号类型，终端可以基于第一信息，确定符号的符号类型。In some embodiments, the first information configures or indicates the symbol type of the symbol, and the terminal can determine the symbol type of the symbol based on the first information.

其中，符号的符号类型可以为SBFD或非SBFD。The symbol type of the symbol may be SBFD or non-SBFD.

一个符号在频域上同时包含下行子带和上行子带时，该符号可称为SBFD符号。如果该符号不属于SBFD符号，则该符号为非SBFD符号。When a symbol includes both a downlink subband and an uplink subband in the frequency domain, the symbol may be called an SBFD symbol. If the symbol does not belong to an SBFD symbol, the symbol is a non-SBFD symbol.

非SBFD符号包括UL符号、DL符号、F符号中的任一项。The non-SBFD symbol includes any one of a UL symbol, a DL symbol, and an F symbol.

步骤S2103，网络设备102发送第二信息。Step S2103, the network device 102 sends the second information.

在一些实施例中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和/或频域资源。In some embodiments, the second information is used to determine the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.

其中，上行信号包括但不限于以下至少一项：物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)；物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)；物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel，PRACH)；探测参考信号(Sounding Reference signal，SRS)。在一些实施例中，第二信息可以包括但不限于高层信令，其中，高层信令可以包括但不限于无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令；系统消息。系统消息可以包括但不限于系统信息块n(System Information Blockn，SIBn)，n可以为正整数。在一些实施例中，第二信息可以包括但不限于动态信令，例如DCI。在一些实施例中，第二信息可以包括高层信令和动态信令。Wherein, the uplink signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH); Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH); Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH); Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). In some embodiments, the second information may include but is not limited to high-level signaling, wherein the high-level signaling may include but is not limited to Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling; system message. The system message may include but is not limited to System Information Block n (SIBn), where n may be a positive integer. In some embodiments, the second information may include but is not limited to dynamic signaling, such as DCI. In some embodiments, the second information may include high-level signaling and dynamic signaling.

在一些实施例中，终端101接收该第二信息，In some embodiments, the terminal 101 receives the second information,

在一些实施例中，第二信息可以用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。In some embodiments, the second information may be used to indicate a symbol type that may be used for an uplink transmission.

示例性地，第二信息可以指示以下任一项：Exemplarily, the second information may indicate any of the following:

一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号；The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols;

一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号；The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols;

一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号；The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only SBFD symbols;

一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号。The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols.

还需要说明的是，网络设备102可以通过其他信息，例如第三信息指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。第三信息可以是不同于第二信息的DCI，本公开对此不作限定。It should also be noted that the network device 102 may indicate the symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission through other information, such as third information. The third information may be a DCI different from the second information, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

在一些实施例中，终端101接收第二信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 receives second information.

在一些实施例中，第二信息的名称不作限定。第二信息也可以替换为DCI、RRC信令、系统消息、资源指示信息、资源配置信息等。In some embodiments, the name of the second information is not limited. The second information may also be replaced by DCI, RRC signaling, system message, resource indication information, resource configuration information, etc.

步骤S2104，终端101基于第二信息，确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项。Step S2104: The terminal 101 determines at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal based on the second information.

在一些实施例中，终端101可以基于第二信息，确定上行信号所使用的时域资源。示例性地，终端101基于第二信息确定第一符号，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号。 In some embodiments, the terminal 101 may determine the time domain resource used by the uplink signal based on the second information. Exemplarily, the terminal 101 determines the first symbol based on the second information, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，终端101可以基于第二信息，确定上行信号所使用的频域资源。其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型相关。终端101基于前述步骤S2102已经确定了符号的符号类型，相应地，当基于第二信息，确定了上行信号所使用的第一符号后，可以确定该第一符号的符号类型。其中，第一符号可以是SBFD符号，或非SBFD符号。其中，第一符号是非SBFD符号时，第一符号可以是UL符号、DL符号或F符号。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal based on the second information. The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal. The terminal 101 has determined the symbol type of the symbol based on the aforementioned step S2102. Accordingly, after determining the first symbol used by the uplink signal based on the second information, the symbol type of the first symbol may be determined. The first symbol may be an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol. When the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, the first symbol may be a UL symbol, a DL symbol, or an F symbol.

在一个示例中，终端101可以采用以下第一确定方式至第四确定方式中的任一种方式确定上行信号所使用的频域范围：In an example, the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal by using any one of the following first to fourth determination methods:

其中，上述第一确定方式包括以下至少一项：The first determination method includes at least one of the following:

第一符号是非SBFD符号，则上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；If the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the second frequency domain range;

第一符号是SBFD符号，则上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围。If the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the third frequency domain range.

其中，上述第二确定方式包括以下至少一项：The second determination method includes at least one of the following:

第一符号是非SBFD符号，则上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围；If the first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the second frequency domain range;

第一符号是SBFD符号，则上行信号所使用的频域范围为第四频域范围。If the first symbol is a SBFD symbol, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the fourth frequency domain range.

其中，上述第三确定方式包括以下至少一项：The third determination method includes at least one of the following:

第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围或第四频域范围。The first symbol is a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is the third frequency domain range or the fourth frequency domain range.

其中，上述第四确定方式包括以下至少一项：The fourth determination method includes at least one of the following:

第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的频域范围为第二频域范围。The first symbol is a SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range.

其中，上述第二频域范围是指第二信息所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，例如RRC信令所配置的上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。或者，第二频域范围是指述第二信息所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围，例如，DCI所指示的上行信号所使用的频域范围。The second frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on non-SBFD symbols, such as the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by RRC signaling on non-SBFD symbols. Alternatively, the second frequency domain range refers to the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information, such as the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the DCI.

其中，上述第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围。The third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range that overlaps the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

其中，上述第四频域范围是第二信息所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，例如RRC信令所配置的上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。The fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol, for example, the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the RRC signaling on the SBFD symbol.

进一步地，终端101可以基于上行信号所使用的频域范围，确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠。Further, the terminal 101 may determine, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range.

示例性地，终端101可以基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式中的任一方式，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围的情况下，可以确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠。Exemplarily, the terminal 101 can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method, and can determine that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range.

示例性地，终端101可以基于第四确定方式，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围的情况下，可以确定上行信号在第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠或有交叠。在一些实施例中，如果第二信息为高层信令，则终端101可以基于上述第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式、第四确定方式中的任一方式，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围。Exemplarily, when the terminal 101 determines the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the fourth determination method, it can be determined that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap or overlaps with the first frequency domain range. In some embodiments, if the second information is high-layer signaling, the terminal 101 can determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method.

在一些实施例中，如果第二信息为DCI，则终端101可以基于第一确定方式，确定上行信号所使用的频域范围。In some embodiments, if the second information is DCI, the terminal 101 may determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on the first determination method.

以上仅为示例性说明，终端101基于不同的频域范围确定方式确定上行信号所使用的频域范围的方案，均应属于本公开的保护范围。The above is only an exemplary description, and the schemes in which the terminal 101 determines the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on different frequency domain range determination methods should all fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.

步骤S2105，终端101确定是否发送上行信号。Step S2105: Terminal 101 determines whether to send an uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，终端101可以基于协议约定，确定是否发送上行信号。In some embodiments, terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a protocol agreement.

在一些实施例中，终端101可以基于网络设备102的指示，确定是否发送上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on an instruction from the network device 102 .

在一些实施例中，终端101可以基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

可以理解的是，终端101也可以基于协议预定义方式，确定是否发送上行信号。本公开对终端101确定是否发送上行信号的准则、方式、或规则不作限定。It is understandable that the terminal 101 may also determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a protocol predefined method. The present disclosure does not limit the criteria, method, or rule for the terminal 101 to determine whether to send an uplink signal.

下述实施例中以终端101基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号为例进行说明。In the following embodiments, the terminal 101 determines whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal as an example for description.

在一些实施例中，处理规则可以用于指示以下至少一项：In some embodiments, the processing rule may be used to indicate at least one of the following:

所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系；a first corresponding relationship between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal;

所述终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第二对应关系；a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send the uplink signal;

一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第三对应关系。A third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，处理规则可以包括但不限于以下所记载的第一处理规则至第十五处理规则中的至少一项。In some embodiments, the processing rule may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the first to fifteenth processing rules described below.

在一个示例中，处理规则用于指示上述第一对应关系时，可以包括但不限于以下所记载的第一处理规则至第七处理规则中的至少一项。In an example, when the processing rule is used to indicate the first corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the first to seventh processing rules described below.

其中，上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠的情况下，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。Wherein, when the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

第一处理规则至第七处理规则如下：The first to seventh processing rules are as follows:

第一处理规则，该第一处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号均为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号时，发送上行信号。The first processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal.

第二处理规则，第二处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号均为上行符号时，发送上行信号。The second processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, sending the uplink signal.

第三处理规则，第三处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号时，发送上行信号。The third processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal.

第四处理规则，第四处理规则包括：上行信号所在的每个第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号、上行符号、灵活符号中的任一项时，发送上行信号。 The fourth processing rule includes: when each first symbol where the uplink signal is located is any one of the SBFD symbol, the uplink symbol, and the flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the uplink signal is sent.

第五处理规则，第五处理规则包括：在第二符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号。The fifth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a second symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission.

第六处理规则，第六处理规则包括：在第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号。The sixth processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on a third symbol; wherein the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol.

第七处理规则，第七处理规则包括：在第二符号和第三符号上发送上行信号；其中，第二符号是第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，第三符号是第一符号中的上行符号。The seventh processing rule includes: sending an uplink signal on the second symbol and the third symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol.

以上仅为示例性说明，上述第一处理规则和第二处理规则可以合并，和/或，上述第三处理规则和第四处理规则可以合并，和/或，上述第五处理规则至第七处理规则可以合并，本公开对此不作限定。The above is only an exemplary description. The above-mentioned first processing rule and the second processing rule can be combined, and/or, the above-mentioned third processing rule and the fourth processing rule can be combined, and/or, the above-mentioned fifth processing rule to the seventh processing rule can be combined, and the present disclosure does not limit this.

在一个示例中，处理规则用于指示上述第二对应关系时，可以包括但不限于以下所记载的第八处理规则至第十二处理规则中的至少一项。In an example, when the processing rule is used to indicate the second corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the eighth processing rule to the twelfth processing rule described below.

第八处理规则至第十二处理规则如下：The eighth to twelfth processing rules are as follows:

第八处理规则，第八处理规则包括以下至少一项：第二集合与第一集合有交叠，不期待取消上行信号传输；第二集合与第一集合无交叠，取消上行信号传输。其中，第一集合和第二集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。The eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the second set overlaps with the first set, it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission; if the second set does not overlap with the first set, the uplink signal transmission is canceled. The description of the first set and the second set is as follows and will not be repeated here.

第九处理规则，第九处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第五符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号。其中，第一集合和第二集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。取消第六符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第六符号是第一集合中除了第五符号之外剩余的符号。其中，第一集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。Ninth processing rule, the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: not expecting to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the first set. The description of the first set and the second set is as follows, which will not be repeated here. Cancel the uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbol in the first set except the fifth symbol. The description of the first set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.

第十处理规则，第十处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第七符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号。其中，第二集合和第三集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。取消第八符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第八符号是第三集合中除了第七符号之外剩余的符号。其中，第三集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。The tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the third set. The description of the second set and the third set is as follows, which will not be repeated here. The uplink signal transmission on the eighth symbol is canceled; wherein the eighth symbol is the remaining symbol in the third set except the seventh symbol. The description of the third set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.

第十一处理规则，第十一处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第九符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号。其中，第二集合和第四集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。取消第十符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十符号是第四集合中除了第九符号之外剩余的符号。其中，第四集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。The eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fourth set. The description of the second set and the fourth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here. The uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol is canceled; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol. The description of the fourth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.

第十二处理规则，第十二处理规则包括以下至少一项：不期待取消第十一符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号。其中，第二集合和第五集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。取消第十二符号上的上行信号传输；其中，第十二符号是第五集合中除了第十一符号之外剩余的符号。其中，第五集合的描述参见后文，此处不再赘述。The twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set. The description of the second set and the fifth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here. Cancel the uplink signal transmission on the twelfth symbol; wherein the twelfth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fifth set except the eleventh symbol. The description of the fifth set is as follows, which will not be repeated here.

以上仅为示例性说明，可以理解的是，上述第八处理规则和第九处理规则也可以合并，或择一进行定义。本公开对此不作限定。The above is only an exemplary description, and it is understandable that the eighth processing rule and the ninth processing rule may be combined or defined one by one, and the present disclosure does not limit this.

其中，上述第一集合是指上行信号所在的第一符号的集合。其中，上述第二集合是指第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合。其中，第四符号是DCI所在的控制资源集合(Control Resource Set，CORESET)的最后一个符号。第一数目为正整数，具体数值可以由协议约定。其中，上述第三集合是第一集合的子集，包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号。其中，上述第四集合同样是第一集合的子集，包括第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号。其中，上述第五集合同样是第一集合的子集，包括第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号。Wherein, the above-mentioned first set refers to the set of the first symbol where the uplink signal is located. Wherein, the above-mentioned second set refers to the set of the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol. Wherein, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set (Control Resource Set, CORESET) where the DCI is located. The first number is a positive integer, and the specific value can be agreed upon by the protocol. Wherein, the above-mentioned third set is a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set. Wherein, the above-mentioned fourth set is also a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the first set. Wherein, the above-mentioned fifth set is also a subset of the first set, including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set.

在一些实施例中，处理规则用于指示上述第三对应关系时，可以包括但不限于以下所记载的第十三处理规则至第十五处理规则中的至少一项。In some embodiments, when the processing rule is used to indicate the third corresponding relationship, it may include but is not limited to at least one of the thirteenth to fifteenth processing rules described below.

第十三处理规则至第十五处理规则如下：The thirteenth to fifteenth processing rules are as follows:

第十三处理规则，第十三处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号。The thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following items: if the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, the sending of the uplink signal is canceled; if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol.

第十四处理规则，第十四处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号。A fourteenth processing rule, the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: if the first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, the uplink signal is canceled; and if the first symbol is not expected to include at least one SBFD symbol.

第十五处理规则，第十五处理规则包括以下至少一项：第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号时，取消发送上行信号；不期待第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。A fifteenth processing rule, the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: when the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, cancel sending the uplink signal; and do not expect the first symbol to include an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol.

其中，第十三处理规则至第十五处理规则为考虑一次上行传输可使用的符号类型的规则。Among them, the thirteenth processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are rules that take into account the symbol types that can be used for one uplink transmission.

需要说明的是，可以通过协议直接约定上述第一处理规则至第十五处理规则中的一项或多项，或任意至少两项合并后的处理规则，本公开对此不作限定。It should be noted that one or more of the above-mentioned first to fifteenth processing rules, or any processing rules after at least two of them are combined, can be directly agreed upon through an agreement, and the present disclosure does not limit this.

需要说明的是，上述第一处理规则至第十五处理规则中的下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号分别为SFI-D符号、SFI-U符号、SFI-F符号、SFI-SBFD符号，即上述第一处理规则至第十五处理规则中的符号类别为动态信令指示的符号类别。It should be noted that the downlink symbols, uplink symbols, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols in the above-mentioned first processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are SFI-D symbols, SFI-U symbols, SFI-F symbols and SFI-SBFD symbols respectively, that is, the symbol categories in the above-mentioned first processing rule to the fifteenth processing rule are the symbol categories indicated by dynamic signaling.

相应地，终端101可以基于上述处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号，如下：Accordingly, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the above processing rules as follows:

情况1、一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号。Case 1: The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols.

情况1-1、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，其中，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS，示例性地，第一类上行信号可以包括但不限于PUSCH、PUCCH、PRACH中的至少一项。Case 1-1, the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, wherein the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS. Exemplarily, the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.

情况1-1-1、若第一符号中只包括上行符号或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，则终端101可以基于上述第三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 1-1-1: if the first symbol includes only uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the third processing rule.

情况1-1-2、若第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，可以基于终端101是否具备部分取消(partial drop)能力，确定对应的处理规则，并基于所确定的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。 Case 1-1-2: If the first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and an uplink symbol, a corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has a partial drop capability, and based on the determined processing rule, it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.

在一个示例中，若终端101不具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于上述第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.

在一个示例中，若终端101具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于上述第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.

情况1-1-3、若第一符号包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，可以基于终端101是否具备部分取消能力，确定对应的处理规则，并基于所确定的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 1-1-3: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, and based on the determined processing rule, it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.

在一个示例中，若终端101不具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于上述第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.

在一个示例中，若终端101具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于上述第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.

情况1-2、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，其中，第二类上行信号中包括SRS。示例性地，第二类上行信号中至少包括SRS。Case 1-2: the second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, wherein the second type of uplink signals includes SRS. Exemplarily, the second type of uplink signals includes at least SRS.

情况1-2-1、上行信号在每个第一符号上所使用的频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，其中，第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。Case 1-2-1: the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal in each first symbol has no overlap with the first frequency domain range, wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP.

在一个示例中，若第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD，且第一符号中不包括上行符号，终端101可以基于上述第五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the first symbol includes an SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule.

在一个示例中，若第一符号中包括上行符号，且第一符号中不包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，终端101可以基于上述第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, if the first symbol includes an uplink symbol and the first symbol does not include an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.

在一个示例中，第一符号中同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端101可以基于上述第五处理规则或第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the first symbol includes both the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule.

在一个示例中，第一符号中同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端101可以基于接收到的指示信息，使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号中的一种符号类型，发送上行信号。其中，该指示信息可以是网络设备102单独发送的指示信息，用于指示终端101使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号中的一种符号类型，发送上行信号。或者该指示信息可以复用其他信息进行发送，例如复用第二信息发送给终端101，本公开对此不作限定。In one example, the first symbol includes both SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and uplink symbols. The terminal 101 can use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol based on the received indication information to send an uplink signal. The indication information can be indication information sent separately by the network device 102 to instruct the terminal 101 to use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol to send an uplink signal. Alternatively, the indication information can be multiplexed with other information for transmission, such as multiplexing the second information to send to the terminal 101, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

在一个示例中，第一符号中同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端101可以基于协议约定，默认使用第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号中的一种符号类型，发送上行信号。In one example, the first symbol includes both SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission and uplink symbols. The terminal 101 can use the SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or a symbol type in the uplink symbol by default based on protocol agreement to send an uplink signal.

情况1-2-2、第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项。Case 1-2-2: the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission.

终端101可以基于第十处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。The terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the tenth processing rule.

情况1-3、第二信息为DCI。其中，上行信号可以为PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、SRS中的任一项。Case 1-3: The second information is DCI. The uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.

情况1-3-1、第一符号均为SBFD符号或均为非SBFD符号。此时，终端101可以基于第四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 1-3-1: All first symbols are SBFD symbols or all first symbols are non-SBFD symbols. At this time, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourth processing rule.

情况1-3-2、第一符号包括SBFD符号和为非SBFD符号。此时，终端101可以基于第十五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 1-3-2: The first symbol includes a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol. At this time, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifteenth processing rule.

情况2、一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。Case 2: The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.

情况2-1、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS。示例性地，第一类上行信号可以包括但不限于PUSCH、PUCCH、PRACH中的至少一项。Case 2-1: The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS. Exemplarily, the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.

情况2-1-1、若第一符号中只包括上行信号和/或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，此时，终端101可以基于第三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 2-1-1: If the first symbol only includes an uplink signal and/or a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, then the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the third processing rule.

情况2-1-2、若第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，可以基于终端101是否具备部分取消能力，确定对应的处理规则，进而确定是否发送上行信号。Case 2-1-2: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, thereby determining whether to send an uplink signal.

在一个示例中，终端101不具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.

在一个示例中，终端101具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.

情况2-2、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS。示例性地，第二类上行信号中至少包括SRS。Case 2-2: the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signals includes SRS. Exemplarily, the second type of uplink signals includes at least SRS.

情况2-2-1、若第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，则终端101可以基于第七处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 2-2-1: If the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the seventh processing rule.

情况2-2-2、若第一符号中包括不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，则终端101可以基于第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 2-2-2: If the first symbol includes SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that are not available for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.

情况2-2-3、若第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，则终端101可以基于第十处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 2-2-3: if the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the tenth processing rule.

情况2-3、第二信息为DCI。其中，上行信号可以为PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、SRS中的任一项。Case 2-3: The second information is DCI. The uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.

此时，终端101可以基于第四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。At this time, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourth processing rule.

情况3、一次传输可使用的符号类型仅包括SBFD符号。Case 3: The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only SBFD symbols.

情况3-1、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS。示例性地，第一类上行信号可以包括但不限于PUSCH、PUCCH、PRACH中的至少一项。Case 3-1: The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS. Exemplarily, the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.

情况3-1-1、若第一符号中只包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，此时终端101可以基于第一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 3-1-1: If the first symbol only includes SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the first processing rule.

情况3-1-2、若第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，可以基于终端101是否具备部分取消能力，确定对应的处理规则，进而确定是否发送上行信号。 Case 3-1-2: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the corresponding processing rules can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has partial cancellation capability, and then it can be determined whether to send an uplink signal.

在一个示例中，终端101不具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.

在一个示例中，终端101具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.

情况3-2、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS。示例性地，第二类上行信号至少包括SRS。Case 3-2: The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second-type uplink signals, and the second-type uplink signal includes SRS. Exemplarily, the second-type uplink signal at least includes SRS.

情况3-2-1、若第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，终端101可以基于第五处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 3-2-1: If the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fifth processing rule.

情况3-2-2、若第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端101可以基于第十二处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 3-2-2: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the twelfth processing rule.

情况3-3、第二信息为DCI。其中，上行信号可以为PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、SRS中的任一项。Case 3-3: The second information is DCI. The uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.

在一个示例中，终端101可以基于第一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a first processing rule.

在一个示例中，终端101可以同时基于第一处理规则和第十三处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on both the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule.

情况4、一次传输可使用的符号类型仅包括非SBFD符号。Case 4: The symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols.

情况4-1、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，第一类上行信号中不包括SRS。示例性地，第一类上行信号可以包括但不限于PUSCH、PUCCH、PRACH中的至少一项。Case 4-1: The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS. Exemplarily, the first type of uplink signal may include but is not limited to at least one of PUSCH, PUCCH, and PRACH.

情况4-1-1、若第一符号中只包括上行符号，此时终端101可以基于第二处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 4-1-1: If the first symbol only includes uplink symbols, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the second processing rule.

情况4-1-2、若第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，可以基于终端101是否具备部分取消能力，确定对应的处理规则，进而确定是否发送上行信号。Case 4-1-2: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and an SBFD symbol, the corresponding processing rule can be determined based on whether the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, thereby determining whether to send an uplink signal.

在一个示例中，终端101不具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第八处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 does not have a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule.

在一个示例中，终端101具备部分取消能力，终端101可以基于第九处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In an example, the terminal 101 has a partial cancellation capability, and the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule.

情况4-2、第二信息为高层信令，上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，第二类上行信号中包括SRS。示例性地，第二类上行信号至少包括SRS。Case 4-2: The second information is high-layer signaling, and the uplink signal is any one of the second-type uplink signals, and the second-type uplink signal includes SRS. Exemplarily, the second-type uplink signal at least includes SRS.

情况4-2-1、若第一符号中包括上行符号，终端101可以基于第六处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 4-2-1: If the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the sixth processing rule.

情况4-2-2、若第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端101可以基于第十一处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。Case 4-2-2: If the first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, the terminal 101 can determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the eleventh processing rule.

情况4-3、第二信息为DCI。其中，上行信号可以为PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、SRS中的任一项。Case 4-3: The second information is DCI. The uplink signal may be any one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.

终端101可以基于第十四处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。The terminal 101 may determine whether to send an uplink signal based on the fourteenth processing rule.

以上仅为示例性说明，终端101基于不同的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号的方案均应属于本公开的保护范围，The above is only an exemplary description. All solutions for the terminal 101 to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on different processing rules should fall within the scope of protection of the present disclosure.

步骤S2106，网络设备102确定终端101是否发送了上行信号。Step S2106: The network device 102 determines whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以基于协议约定，确定终端101是否发送了上行信号。从而在终端101发送上行信号的情况下，接收该上行信号。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal based on a protocol agreement, so as to receive the uplink signal when the terminal 101 has sent the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以向终端101发送指示信息，指示终端101发送或不发送上行信号。网络设备102在指示终端101发送上行信号的情况下，接收该上行信号。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may send indication information to the terminal 101, instructing the terminal 101 to send or not send an uplink signal. When instructing the terminal 101 to send an uplink signal, the network device 102 receives the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102采用与终端101相同的处理规则，确定终端101是否发送了上行信号，以便在终端101发送上行信号的情况下，接收该上行信号。网络设备102确定终端101是否发送了上行信号的方案与终端101确定是否发送上行信号的方案类似，在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the network device 102 uses the same processing rules as the terminal 101 to determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal, so as to receive the uplink signal when the terminal 101 sends the uplink signal. The scheme for the network device 102 to determine whether the terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal is similar to the scheme for the terminal 101 to determine whether to send an uplink signal, and will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中，信息等的名称不限定于实施例中所记载的名称，“信息(information)”、“消息(message)”、“信号(signal)”、“信令(signaling)”、“报告(report)”、“配置(configuration)”、“指示(indication)”、“指令(instruction)”、“命令(command)”、“信道”、“参数(parameter)”、“域”、“字段”、“符号(symbol)”、“码元(symbol)”、“码本(codebook)”、“码字(codeword)”、“码点(codepoint)”、“比特(bit)”、“数据(data)”、“程序(program)”、“码片(chip)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the names of information, etc. are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments, and terms such as "information", "message", "signal", "signaling", "report", "configuration", "indication", "instruction", "command", "channel", "parameter", "domain", "field", "symbol", "symbol", "code element", "codebook", "codeword", "codepoint", "bit", "data", "program", and "chip" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中，“发送”、“发射”、“上报”、“下发”、“传输”、“双向传输”、“发送和/或接收”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "send", "transmit", "report", "send", "transmit", "bidirectional transmission", "send and/or receive" can be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中，“获取”、“获得”、“得到”、“接收”、“传输”、“双向传输”、“发送和/或接收”可以相互替换，其可以解释为从其他主体接收，从协议中获取，从高层获取，自身处理得到、自主实现等多种含义。In some embodiments, "obtain", "obtain", "get", "receive", "transmit", "bidirectional transmission", "send and/or receive" can be interchangeable, and can be interpreted as receiving from other entities, obtaining from protocols, obtaining from high levels, obtaining by self-processing, autonomous implementation, etc.

在一些实施例中，“特定(certain)”、“预定(preseted)”、“预设”、“设定”、“指示(indicated)”、“某一”、“任意”、“第一”等术语可以相互替换，“特定A”、“预定A”、“预设A”、“设定A”、“指示A”、“某一A”、“任意A”、“第一A”可以解释为在协议等中预先规定的A，也可以解释为通过设定、配置、或指示等得到的A，也可以解释为特定A、某一A、任意A、或第一A等，但不限于此。In some embodiments, terms such as "certain", "preset", "preset", "set", "indicated", "some", "any", and "first" can be interchangeable, and "specific A", "preset A", "preset A", "set A", "indicated A", "some A", "any A", and "first A" can be interpreted as A pre-defined in a protocol, etc., or as A obtained through setting, configuration, or indication, etc., and can also be interpreted as specific A, some A, any A, or first A, etc., but is not limited to this.

在一些实施例中，本公开实施例所涉及的通信方法可以包括步骤S2101～步骤S2106中的至少一者。例如，步骤S2101可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2102可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2101+S2102可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2103可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2103+S2104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2101～步骤S2104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2105可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2106可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2105+S2106可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S2101～步骤S2106可以作为独立实施例来实施，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S2101 to S2106. For example, step S2101 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2101+S2102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2103 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2103+S2104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, steps S2101 to S2104 may be implemented as independent embodiments, step S2105 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2106 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S2105+S2106 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and steps S2101 to S2106 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.

在一些实施例中，步骤S2101是可选的，在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。例如，终端101基于协议约定或从其他执行主体获取了第一信息，则步骤S2101可以不执行。In some embodiments, step S2101 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, if the terminal 101 obtains the first information based on a protocol agreement or from other execution entities, step S2101 may not be performed.

在一些实施例中，步骤S2102是可选的，在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。例如，终端101采用其他方式确定符号的符号类型，或终端101不需要确定符号类型时，步骤S2102可以不执行。 In some embodiments, step S2102 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, when terminal 101 determines the symbol type of the symbol in other ways, or terminal 101 does not need to determine the symbol type, step S2102 may not be performed.

在一些实施例中，步骤S2103是可选的，在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。例如，终端101基于协议约定或从其他执行主体获取了第二信息，则步骤S2103可以不执行。In some embodiments, step S2103 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, if the terminal 101 obtains the second information based on a protocol agreement or from other execution entities, step S2103 may not be performed.

在一些实施例中，步骤S2104是可选的，在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。例如，终端101采用其他方式确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，或终端101不需要确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项时，步骤S2104可以不执行。In some embodiments, step S2104 is optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments. For example, when the terminal 101 determines at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal in other ways, or when the terminal 101 does not need to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal, step S2104 may not be performed.

在一些实施例中，步骤S2101至S2105(是可选的，在不同实施例中可以对这些步骤中的一个或多个步骤进行省略或替代。In some embodiments, steps S2101 to S2105 are optional, and one or more of these steps may be omitted or replaced in different embodiments.

上述实施例中，上行信号所使用的频域资源范围与上行信号所使用的第一符号的符号类型相关，在引入SBFD符号的情况下，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, the frequency domain resource range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol used by the uplink signal. When the SBFD symbol is introduced, the uplink coverage and throughput are improved, and the availability and flexibility of SBFD are improved.

图3A是根据本公开实施例示出的通信方法的交互示意图。如图3A所示，本公开实施例涉及通信方法，该方法可以由终端101执行，上述方法包括：FIG3A is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG3A , the present disclosure embodiment relates to a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal 101, and the method includes:

步骤S3101，获取第一信息。Step S3101, obtaining first information.

在一些实施例中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型。In some embodiments, the first information is used to determine a symbol type of the symbol.

在一些实施例中，终端101从网络设备102获取该第一信息，但不限于此，也可以接收由其他主体发送的第一信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 obtains the first information from the network device 102, but is not limited thereto and may also receive the first information sent by other entities.

在一些实施例中，终端101获取按照预定义规则确定第一信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 obtains the first information determined according to a predefined rule.

在一些实施例中，终端101进行处理从而得到第一信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 performs processing to obtain the first information.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3101被省略，终端101自主实现第一信息所指示的功能，或终端101从其他网络节点获取第一信息，或上述功能为缺省或默认。In some embodiments, step S3101 is omitted, the terminal 101 autonomously implements the function indicated by the first information, or the terminal 101 obtains the first information from other network nodes, or the above function is default or acquiescent.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3101的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2101的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3101 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2101 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3102，确定符号的符号类型。Step S3102, determine the symbol type of the symbol.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3102的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2102的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3102 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2102 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3103，获取第二信息。Step S3103, obtaining second information.

在一些实施例中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和/或频域资源。In some embodiments, the second information is used to determine the time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，终端101从网络设备102获取该第二信息，但不限于此，也可以接收由其他主体发送的第二信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 obtains the second information from the network device 102, but is not limited thereto and may also receive the second information sent by other entities.

在一些实施例中，终端101获取按照预定义规则确定第二信息。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 obtains the second information determined according to a predefined rule.

在一些实施例中，终端101进行处理从而得到第二信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 performs processing to obtain the second information.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3103被省略，终端101自主实现第二信息所指示的功能，或终端101从其他网络节点获取第二信息，或上述功能为缺省或默认。In some embodiments, step S3103 is omitted, the terminal 101 autonomously implements the function indicated by the second information, or the terminal 101 obtains the second information from other network nodes, or the above function is default or acquiescent.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3103的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2103的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3103 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2103 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3104，确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项。Step S3104: determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3104的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2104的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3104 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2104 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3105，确定是否发送上行信号。Step S3105, determine whether to send an uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3105的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2105的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3105 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2105 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中，本公开实施例所涉及的通信方法可以包括步骤S3101～步骤S3104中的至少一者。例如，步骤S3101可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3102可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3101+S3102可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3103可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3103+S3104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3101～步骤S3104可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3105可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3101～步骤S3105可以作为独立实施例来实施，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S3101 to S3104. For example, step S3101 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, steps S3101+S3102 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3103 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3103+S3104 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, steps S3101 to S3104 may be implemented as independent embodiments, step S3105 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and steps S3101 to S3105 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.

上述实施例中，终端考虑SBFD符号和非SBFD符号上的上行传输频域范围不同、以及一次上行传输可使用的符号类型对处理规则的影响，从而确定是否发送上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, the terminal considers the different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the influence of the symbol types that can be used for an uplink transmission on the processing rules, so as to determine whether to send an uplink signal, improve uplink coverage and throughput, and improve the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

图3B是根据本公开实施例示出的通信方法的交互示意图。如图3B所示，本公开实施例涉及通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备102执行，上述方法包括：FIG3B is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG3B , the present disclosure embodiment relates to a communication method, which can be executed by a network device 102, and the method includes:

步骤S3201，发送第一信息。Step S3201, sending the first information.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以基于符号的符号类型，发送该第一信息。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may send the first information based on the symbol type of the symbol.

在一些实施例中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型。In some embodiments, the first information is used to determine a symbol type of the symbol.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以向终端101发送该第一信息。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may send the first information to the terminal 101 .

在一些实施例中，终端101接收第一信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 receives first information.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3201的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2101的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3201 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2101 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3202，发送第二信息。Step S3202, sending the second information.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息。 In some embodiments, the network device 102 may send the second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and the frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项。In some embodiments, the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，网络设备102可以向终端101发送该第二信息。In some embodiments, the network device 102 may send the second information to the terminal 101 .

在一些实施例中，终端101接收第二信息。In some embodiments, terminal 101 receives second information.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3202的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2103的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3202 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2103 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

步骤S3203，确定终端101是否发送了上行信号。Step S3203, determining whether terminal 101 has sent an uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，步骤S3203的可选实现方式可以参见图2的步骤S2106的可选实现方式、及图2所涉及的实施例中其他关联部分，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of step S3203 can refer to the optional implementation of step S2106 in Figure 2 and other related parts of the embodiment involved in Figure 2, which will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中，本公开实施例所涉及的通信方法可以包括步骤S3201～步骤S3203中的至少一者。例如，步骤S3201可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3202可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3201+S3202可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3203可以作为独立实施例来实施，步骤S3201～步骤S3203可以作为独立实施例来实施，但不限于此。In some embodiments, the communication method involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may include at least one of steps S3201 to S3203. For example, step S3201 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, steps S3201+S3202 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, step S3203 may be implemented as an independent embodiment, and steps S3201 to S3203 may be implemented as independent embodiments, but are not limited thereto.

上述实施例中，网络设备考虑SBFD符号和非SBFD符号上的上行传输频域范围不同、以及一次上行传输可使用的符号类型对处理规则的影响，从而确定终端是否发送了上行信号，提高上行覆盖及吞吐量，且提高了SBFD的可用性和灵活性。In the above embodiment, the network device considers the different uplink transmission frequency domain ranges on SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the impact of the symbol types that can be used for an uplink transmission on the processing rules, thereby determining whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal, improving uplink coverage and throughput, and improving the availability and flexibility of SBFD.

下面对上述方案进一步举例说明如下。The above scheme is further illustrated below with examples.

终端侧：Terminal side:

步骤1：接收第一信息，第一信息包括符号类型配置/指示信息，确定符号的符号类型。Step 1: Receive first information, the first information including symbol type configuration/indication information, and determine the symbol type of the symbol.

其中，第一信息包括动态信令将一个符号指示为SBFD符号/DL符号/UL符号/F符号，可写作SFI-SBFD符号/DL符号/UL符号/F符号。The first information includes dynamic signaling to indicate a symbol as a SBFD symbol/DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol, which can be written as SFI-SBFD symbol/DL symbol/UL symbol/F symbol.

步骤2：接收第二信息，第二信息包括UL信号的时频资源位置等信息，确定UL信号使用的时频资源。Step 2: Receive second information, where the second information includes information such as the time-frequency resource location of the UL signal, and determine the time-frequency resources used by the UL signal.

通过高层配置和/或DCI指示UL信号的时频资源位置，UL信号包括PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、SRS中的至少一项。The time-frequency resource position of the UL signal is indicated by high-layer configuration and/or DCI, and the UL signal includes at least one of PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, and SRS.

UL信号频域范围确定方案：UL signal frequency domain range determination solution:

第一确定方式：UL信号所在的符号为非SBFD，使用频域(Frequency Domain，FD)#1-1，所在的符号为SBFD，使用FD#1-2；The first determination method: if the symbol where the UL signal is located is non-SBFD, use frequency domain (FD) #1-1; if the symbol where the UL signal is located is SBFD, use FD #1-2;

第二确定方式：UL信号所在的符号为非SBFD，使用FD#1-1，所在的符号为SBFD，使用FD#1-3；Second determination method: if the symbol where the UL signal is located is non-SBFD, use FD#1-1; if the symbol where the UL signal is located is SBFD, use FD#1-3;

第三确定方式：UL信号使用FD#1-2或FD#1-3；The third determination method: the UL signal uses FD#1-2 or FD#1-3;

第四确定方式：UL信号使用FD#1-1。Fourth determination method: the UL signal uses FD#1-1.

其中：in:

FD#1-1：RRC配置的非SBFD符号中UL信号使用的频域范围或DCI指示的UL信号使用的频域范围。FD#1-1: the frequency domain range used by the UL signal in the non-SBFD symbol configured by RRC or the frequency domain range used by the UL signal indicated by DCI.

FD#1-2：FD#1-1与UL传输频域范围交叠的频域范围。FD#1-2: The frequency domain range where FD#1-1 overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.

FD#1-3：RRC配置的SBFD符号中UL信号使用的频域范围。FD#1-3: The frequency domain range used by the UL signal in the SBFD symbol configured by RRC.

可选的：Optional:

RRC-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)频域范围确定使用方案0-1，0-2，0-3或0-4，Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)频域范围确定使用方案0-1。The RRC-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS) frequency domain range determination uses scheme 0-1, 0-2, 0-3 or 0-4, and the Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS) frequency domain range determination uses scheme 0-1.

UL信号频域范围基于第一确定方式至第三确定方式中任一项确定，则UL信号所在符号中SFI-SBFD符号上UL信号频域范围与UL传输频域范围外无交叠。如果UL信号频域范围使用第四确定方式确定，且FD#1-1与UL传输频域范围外无交叠或有交叠。The UL signal frequency domain range is determined based on any one of the first determination method to the third determination method, and the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located does not overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range. If the UL signal frequency domain range is determined using the fourth determination method, and FD#1-1 does not overlap or overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.

其中，UL传输频域范围外可以指上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围外的频域范围。The UL transmission frequency domain outside the range may refer to a frequency domain outside the uplink frequency domain used by the uplink BWP.

可选的，第二信息还可指示一次UL传输可使用的符号类型(也可通过其他信息指示)，其中，一次上行传输可使用的符号类型包括：Optionally, the second information may further indicate a symbol type that can be used for one UL transmission (may also be indicated by other information), wherein the symbol type that can be used for one uplink transmission includes:

一次UL传输仅可在SBFD或非SBFD符号；A UL transmission can only be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols;

一次UL传输可在SBFD及非SBFD符号；One UL transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols;

一次UL传输仅可在SBFD符号；One UL transmission can only be in SBFD symbols;

一次UL传输仅可在非SBFD符号。An UL transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.

步骤3：终端根据UL信号与SFI-SBFD/DL/UL/F的处理准则，确定是否发送UL信号。方案如下：Step 3: The terminal determines whether to send the UL signal according to the processing criteria of the UL signal and SFI-SBFD/DL/UL/F. The scheme is as follows:

在一次传输可以在SBFD或非SBFD符号/一次传输可以在SBFD和非SBFD符号/一次传输仅可在SBFD符号中，可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号，指SFI-SBFD符号上UL信号频域范围与UL传输频域范围外无交叠，不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号，指SFI-SBFD符号上UL信号频域范围与UL传输频域范围外有交叠。In a transmission that can be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols/a transmission that can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols/a transmission that can only be in SBFD symbols, an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission means that the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol has no overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range, and an SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission means that the UL signal frequency domain range on the SFI-SBFD symbol overlaps with the UL transmission frequency domain range.

UL信号所在符号中每个符号上UL信号频域范围与UL传输频域范围外无交叠时：When the UL signal frequency domain range on each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located does not overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range:

第一处理规则：UL信号所在符号中每个符号为可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD，发送UL信号；First processing rule: each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is an SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission, and the UL signal is sent;

第二处理规则：UL信号所在符号中每个符号为SFI-U，发送UL信号；Second processing rule: each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is SFI-U, and the UL signal is sent;

第三处理规则：UL信号所在符号中每个符号为可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD或SFI-U时，发送UL信号；Third processing rule: when each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is SFI-SBFD or SFI-U that can be used for UL transmission, the UL signal is sent;

第四处理规则：UL信号所在符号中每个符号为可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD或SFI-U或SFI-F时，发送UL信号；Fourth processing rule: when each symbol in the symbol where the UL signal is located is SFI-SBFD, SFI-U or SFI-F that can be used for UL transmission, the UL signal is sent;

第五处理规则：UL信号所在符号中的可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD上发送UL信号；Fifth processing rule: the UL signal is sent on the SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission in the symbol where the UL signal is located;

第六处理规则：UL信号所在符号中的SFI-U上发送UL信号；Sixth processing rule: the UL signal is sent on the SFI-U in the symbol where the UL signal is located;

第七处理规则：UL信号所在符号中的可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD和SFI-U符号上发送UL信号。Seventh processing rule: the UL signal is sent on the SFI-SBFD and SFI-U symbols that can be used for UL transmission in the symbol where the UL signal is located.

partial cancellation相关的冲突处理 Conflict handling related to partial cancellation

符号的集合的概念如下：The concept of a set of symbols is as follows:

第一集合：UL信号所在的第一符号的集合；First set: a set of first symbols where the UL signal is located;

第二集合：包含DCI的CORESET的最后一个符号后第一数目(即TProc.2个)的符号；The second set: includes the first number of symbols (i.e., TProc.2) after the last symbol of the CORESET of the DCI;

第三集合：第一集合中的SFI-D符号、SFI-F符号和不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号；The third set: the SFI-D symbols, SFI-F symbols in the first set, and the SFI-SBFD symbols that cannot be used for UL transmission;

第四集合：第一集合中的SFI-D符号、SFI-F符号和SFI-SBFD符号；Fourth set: SFI-D symbol, SFI-F symbol and SFI-SBFD symbol in the first set;

第五集合：第一集合中的SFI-D符号、SFI-U符号、SFI-F符号和不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号。The fifth set: the SFI-D symbol, SFI-U symbol, SFI-F symbol in the first set and the SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission.

第八处理规则：如果第二集合与第一集合有交叠，终端不期望取消UL信号传输，否则，终端取消UL信号传输；Eighth processing rule: if the second set overlaps with the first set, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission, otherwise, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission;

第九处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠符号上的UL信号传输，终端取消第一符号中剩余符号上UL信号的传输；Ninth processing rule: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the symbols overlapping the second set and the first set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the first symbol;

第十处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第三集合交叠符号上的UL信号传输，终端取消第三符号中剩余符号上UL信号的传输；Tenth processing rule: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the third symbol;

第十一处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第四集合交叠符号上的UL信号传输，终端取消第四集合中剩余符号上UL信号的传输；Eleventh processing rule: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the UL signal on the remaining symbols in the fourth set;

第十二处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第五集合交叠符号上的UL信号传输，终端取消第五集合中剩余符号上UL信号的传输。Twelfth processing rule: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on the overlapping symbols of the second set and the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on the remaining symbols in the fifth set.

一次UL传输可使用的符号类型相关The symbol types that can be used for one UL transmission are related

第十三处理规则：UL信号所在的符号包含至少一个SFI-D符号/U符号/F符号，取消发送UL信号或终端不期望发生此种情况；Thirteenth processing rule: If the symbol where the UL signal is located contains at least one SFI-D symbol/U symbol/F symbol, the UL signal is canceled or the terminal does not expect this to happen;

第十四处理规则：UL信号所在的符号包含至少一个SFI-SBFD符号，取消发送UL信号或终端不期望发生此种情况；Processing rule 14: If the symbol where the UL signal is located contains at least one SFI-SBFD symbol, the UL signal is canceled or the terminal does not expect this to happen;

第十五处理规则：UL信号所在符号同时包括SBFD和非SBFD符号时，取消发送UL信号或终端不期望发生此种情况。Fifteenth processing rule: When the symbol where the UL signal is located includes both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, the sending of the UL signal is canceled or the terminal does not expect this situation to occur.

具体实施例：Specific embodiment:

情况1、一次传输可以在SBFD或非SBFD符号Case 1: A transmission can be in SBFD or non-SBFD symbols

情况1-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)Case 1-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH)

情况1-1-1、UL信号所在的第一符号仅包含SFI-U或仅包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD，使用第三处理规则；Case 1-1-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-U or only SFI-SBFD that can be used for UL transmission, and the third processing rule is used;

情况1-1-2和情况1-1-3、UL信号所在的第一符号同时包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号和SFI-U符号，或包含SFI-D符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：Case 1-1-2 and Case 1-1-3, the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains both an SFI-SBFD symbol and an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission, or contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.

情况1-2、RRC-U(SRS)Case 1-2, RRC-U (SRS)

情况1-2-1、UL信号所在的第一符号中每个符号上UL信号频域范围与UL传输频域范围外无交叠。Case 1-2-1: In each symbol of the first symbol where the UL signal is located, the UL signal frequency domain range does not overlap with the UL transmission frequency domain range.

若第一符号中包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD和SFI-U中的一种：If the first symbol contains one of SFI-SBFD and SFI-U that can be used for UL transmission:

其中，如果第一符号包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号，不包括SFI-U符号，使用第五处理规则；Wherein, if the first symbol includes an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission and does not include an SFI-U symbol, a fifth processing rule is used;

其中，如果包含SFI-U符号，不包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号，使用第六处理规则。If the SFI-U symbol is included but the SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission is not included, the sixth processing rule is used.

若第一符号中同时包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号和SFI-U符号。If the first symbol includes both an SFI-SBFD symbol and an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission.

使用第五处理规则或第六处理规则，新增的指示信息或协议默认使用SFI-SBFD或SFI-U中的一种类型用于发送SRS。Using the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, the newly added indication information or protocol uses one type of SFI-SBFD or SFI-U by default to send the SRS.

情况1-2-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-D符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：Case 1-2-2: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:

使用第十处理规则。Use the tenth processing rule.

情况1-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)。Case 1-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS).

情况1-3-1、UL信号所在的第一符号全部为SBFD或全部为非SBFD符号时，使用第四处理规则；Case 1-3-1: When the first symbols where the UL signal is located are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, the fourth processing rule is used;

情况1-3-2、UL信号所在的第一符号同时包含SBFD和非SBFD符号时，使用第十五处理规则。Case 1-3-2: When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains both SBFD and non-SBFD symbols, the fifteenth processing rule is used.

情况2、一次传输可以在SBFD和非SBFD符号Case 2: A transmission can be in SBFD and non-SBFD symbols

情况2-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)Case 2-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH)

情况2-1-1、UL信号所在的第一符号仅包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号和/或SFI-U符号：使用第三处理规则；Case 2-1-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-SBFD symbols and/or SFI-U symbols that can be used for UL transmission: the third processing rule is used;

情况2-1-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-D符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：Case 2-1-2: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission:

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.

情况2-2、RRC-U(SRS)Case 2-2, RRC-U (SRS)

情况2-2-1、UL信号所在的第一符号包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号和/或SFI-U符号：使用第七处理规则；Case 2-2-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol and/or an SFI-U symbol that can be used for UL transmission: the seventh processing rule is used;

情况2-2-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号和/或SFI-U符号：使用第六处理规则；Case 2-2-2: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol and/or an SFI-U symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission: the sixth processing rule is used;

情况2-2-3、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-D符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：使用第十处理规则。Case 2-2-3: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that is not available for UL transmission: use the tenth processing rule.

情况2-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)：使用第四处理规则。 Case 2-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS): use the fourth processing rule.

情况3、一次传输仅可在SBFD符号。Case 3: A transmission can only be in SBFD symbols.

情况3-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)：Case 3-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH):

情况3-1-1、UL信号所在的第一符号仅包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：使用第一处理规则；Case 3-1-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only SFI-SBFD symbols that can be used for UL transmission: use the first processing rule;

情况3-1-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-D符号/U符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号时，Case 3-1-2: When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-D symbol/U symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that cannot be used for UL transmission,

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.

情况3-2、RRC-U(SRS)：Case 3-2, RRC-U (SRS):

情况3-2-1、UL信号所在的第一符号包含可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号：第五处理规则；Case 3-2-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol that can be used for UL transmission: the fifth processing rule;

情况3-2-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含至少一个SFI-D符号/U符号/F符号/不可用于UL传输的SFI-SBFD符号时：使用第十二处理规则；Case 3-2-2: When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains at least one SFI-D symbol/U symbol/F symbol/SFI-SBFD symbol that is not available for UL transmission: use the twelfth processing rule;

情况3-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)：Case 3-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS):

使用第一处理规则；Use the first processing rule;

可选的，使用第一处理规则和第十三处理规则。Optionally, the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule are used.

情况4、一次传输仅可在非SBFD符号，Case 4: A transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.

情况4-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)：Case 4-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH):

情况4-1-1、UL信号所在的第一符号仅包含SFI-U符号：使用第二处理规则；Case 4-1-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains only the SFI-U symbol: the second processing rule is used;

情况4-1-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-SBFD符号/D符号/F符号时，Case 4-1-2: When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol/D symbol/F symbol,

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability.

情况4-2、RRC-U(SRS)：Case 4-2, RRC-U (SRS):

情况4-2-1、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-U符号：使用第六处理规则；Case 4-2-1: The first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-U symbol: the sixth processing rule is used;

情况4-2-2、UL信号所在的第一符号包含SFI-SBFD符号/D符号/F符号时：使用第十一处理规则。Case 4-2-2: When the first symbol where the UL signal is located contains an SFI-SBFD symbol/D symbol/F symbol: use the eleventh processing rule.

情况4-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)：使用第十四处理规则。Case 4-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS): use the fourteenth processing rule.

具体示例如图3C所示，时隙#0、时隙#1、时隙#4均为非SBFD时隙，其中，时隙#0和时隙#1为下行时隙，时隙#4为上行时隙，时隙#2、时隙#3和时隙#4均为SBFD时隙。As shown in FIG3C , time slot #0, time slot #1, and time slot #4 are all non-SBFD time slots, where time slot #0 and time slot #1 are downlink time slots, time slot #4 is an uplink time slot, and time slot #2, time slot #3, and time slot #4 are all SBFD time slots.

其中，时隙#2的符号#0至符号#1为下行符号，时隙#2的符号#2至符号#13为SBFD符号。Among them, symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2 are downlink symbols, and symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 are SBFD symbols.

其中，时隙#3的符号#0至符号#5为SBFD符号，时隙#2的符号#6至符号#13为上行符号。Among them, symbol #0 to symbol #5 of time slot #3 are SBFD symbols, and symbol #6 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 are uplink symbols.

其中，DCI format2-0所在的CORESET在时隙#2的符号#0至符号#1上，则第四符号为时隙#2的符号#1，相应地，第二集合包括时隙#2的符号#2至符号#13以及时隙#3的符号#0至符号#3。Among them, the CORESET where DCI format2-0 is located is on symbol #0 to symbol #1 of time slot #2, then the fourth symbol is symbol #1 of time slot #2, and accordingly, the second set includes symbol #2 to symbol #13 of time slot #2 and symbol #0 to symbol #3 of time slot #3.

假设第二信息#1为高层信令，第二信息#1(即RRC-U#1)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#3的符号#4至符号#13，则RRC-U#1指示的第一集合包括时隙#3的符号#4至符号#13。Assuming that the second information #1 is high-layer signaling, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #1 (i.e., RRC-U#1) includes symbols #4 to #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#1 includes symbols #4 to #13 of time slot #3.

假设第二信息#2为高层信令，第二信息#2(即RRC-U#2)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#3的符号#1至符号#11，则RRC-U#2指示的第一集合包括时隙#3的符号#1至符号#11。Assuming that the second information #2 is high-layer signaling, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #2 (i.e., RRC-U#2) includes symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#2 includes symbol #1 to symbol #11 of time slot #3.

假设第二信息#3为高层信令，第二信息#3(即RRC-U#3)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#3的符号#7至符号#13，则RRC-U#3指示的第一集合包括时隙#3的符号#7至符号#13。Assuming that the second information #3 is high-layer signaling, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #3 (i.e., RRC-U#3) includes symbols #7 to #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#3 includes symbols #7 to #13 of time slot #3.

假设第二信息#4为高层信令，第二信息#4(即RRC-U#4)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#2的符号#3至符号#11，则RRC-U#4指示的第一集合包括时隙#2的符号#3至符号#11。Assuming that the second information #4 is high-layer signaling, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #4 (i.e., RRC-U#4) includes symbols #3 to #11 of time slot #2, then the first set indicated by RRC-U#4 includes symbols #3 to #11 of time slot #2.

假设第二信息#5为动态信令DCI，第二信息#5(即Dynamic-U#1)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#3的符号#5至符号#13，则Dynamic-U#1指示的第一集合包括时隙#3的符号#5至符号#13。Assuming that the second information #5 is dynamic signaling DCI, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #5 (i.e., Dynamic-U#1) includes symbol #5 to symbol #13 of time slot #3, then the first set indicated by Dynamic-U#1 includes symbol #5 to symbol #13 of time slot #3.

假设第二信息#6为动态信令DCI，第二信息#6(即Dynamic-U#2)指示的上行信号所使用的第一符号包括时隙#2的符号#3至符号#13，则Dynamic-U#2指示的第一集合包括时隙#2的符号#3至符号#13。Assuming that the second information #6 is dynamic signaling DCI, the first symbol used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information #6 (i.e., Dynamic-U#2) includes symbols #3 to #13 of time slot #2, then the first set indicated by Dynamic-U#2 includes symbols #3 to #13 of time slot #2.

实施例1、一次传输可以在SBFD符号或非SBFD符号Embodiment 1: A transmission can be performed in SBFD symbols or non-SBFD symbols.

实施例1-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)Embodiment 1-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH)

RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4：使用第三处理规则，发送UL信号。RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4: Use the third processing rule to send a UL signal.

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2：使用第八处理规则或第九处理规则。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2: Use the eighth processing rule or the ninth processing rule.

对于RRC-U#1：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#4-OS#13)无交叠：For RRC-U#1: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) has no overlap with the first set (OS#4-OS#13):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则，具体地，终端取消UL信号发送；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used. Specifically, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则，具体地，终端取消UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.

对于RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#1-OS#11)有交叠：For RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the first set (OS#1-OS#11):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则，具体地，终端不期望取消UL信号发送；The eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则，具体地，终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠的OS#1-OS#3上的UL信号发送，终端取消OS#4-OS#11上的UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability. Specifically, the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.

实施例1-2、RRC-U(SRS)Embodiment 1-2, RRC-U (SRS)

RRC-U#4：使用第五处理规则；RRC-U#4: Use the fifth processing rule;

RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3：使用第六处理规则；RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3: use the sixth processing rule;

RRC-U#1：使用第五处理规则或第六处理规则。RRC-U#1: Use the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule.

新增信息指示或协议默认使用SFI-U符号用于发送SRS时，UL信号在OS#6-OS#13发送；When the SFI-U symbol is used to send SRS by adding information indication or protocol default, the UL signal is sent in OS#6-OS#13;

RRC-U#2：使用第十处理规则第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第三集合(OS#1-OS#5)有交叠：RRC-U#2: Using the tenth processing rule, the second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the third set (OS#1-OS#5):

终端不期望取消第二集合与第三集合交叠符号OS#1-OS#3上的SRS信号传输，终端取消第三符号中剩余符号OS#4-OS#5上SRS信号的传输。 The terminal does not want to cancel the transmission of the SRS signal on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the third symbol.

实施例1-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)Embodiment 1-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS)

Dynamic-U#2：使用第四处理规则；Dynamic-U#2: Use the fourth processing rule;

Dynamic-U#1：使用第十五处理规则。Dynamic-U#1: Use the fifteenth processing rule.

实施例2、一次传输可以在SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。Embodiment 2: One transmission may be in SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.

实施例2-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)。Example 2-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH).

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4：使用第三处理规则，发送UL信号。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4: Use the third processing rule to send a UL signal.

RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#1-OS#11)有交叠：RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the first set (OS#1-OS#11):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端不期望取消UL信号发送；The eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠的OS#1-OS#3上的UL信号发送，终端取消OS#4-OS#11上的UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.

实施例2-2、RRC-U(SRS)Embodiment 2-2, RRC-U (SRS)

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4：使用第七处理规则；RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3/RRC-U#4: use the seventh processing rule;

RRC-U#2：使用第六处理规则；RRC-U#2: Use the sixth processing rule;

RRC-U#2：使用第十处理规则，第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第三集合(OS#1-OS#5)有交叠：RRC-U#2: Using the tenth processing rule, the second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the third set (OS#1-OS#5):

终端不期望取消第二集合与第三集合交叠符号OS#1-OS#3上的SRS信号传输，终端取消第三符号中剩余符号OS#4-OS#5上SRS信号的传输。The terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signal on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the third set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the third symbol.

实施例2-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)。Example 2-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS).

Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2：使用第四处理规则。Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2: Use the fourth processing rule.

实施例3、一次传输仅可在SBFD符号。Embodiment 3: A transmission can only be performed in SBFD symbols.

实施例3-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)。Example 3-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH).

RRC-U#4：使用第一处理规则RRC-U#4: Use the first processing rule

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3：使用第八处理规则或第九处理规则，RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3: Use the eighth processing rule or the ninth processing rule,

对于RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#4-OS#13/OS#7-OS#13)无交叠：For RRC-U#1/RRC-U#3: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) has no overlap with the first set (OS#4-OS#13/OS#7-OS#13):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端取消UL信号发送；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端取消UL信号发送。When the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability, the ninth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.

对于RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#1-OS#11)有交叠：For RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the first set (OS#1-OS#11):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端不期望取消UL信号发送；The eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠的OS#1-OS#3上的UL信号发送，终端取消OS#4-OS#11上的UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.

实施例3-2、RRC-U(SRS)：Embodiment 3-2, RRC-U (SRS):

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#4：使用第五处理规则。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#4: Use the fifth processing rule.

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3：使用第十二处理规则，在时隙#3中，第二集合包括OS#0-OS#3。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3: Using the twelfth processing rule, in time slot #3, the second set includes OS#0-OS#3.

对于RRC-U#1：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第五集合(OS#6-OS#11)无交叠：For RRC-U#1: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) has no overlap with the fifth set (OS#6-OS#11):

第二集合与第五集合无交叠，终端取消OS#6-OS#11上SRS信号的传输。The second set does not overlap with the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#6-OS#11.

对于RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第五集合(OS#1-OS#11)有交叠：For RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the fifth set (OS#1-OS#11):

终端不期望取消第二集合与第五集合交叠符号OS#1-OS#3上的SRS信号传输，终端取消第五集合中剩余符号OS#4-OS#11上SRS信号的传输。The terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signals on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signals on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#11 in the fifth set.

对于RRC-U#3：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第五集合(OS#7-OS#13)无交叠：For RRC-U#3: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) has no overlap with the fifth set (OS#7-OS#13):

第二集合与第五集合无交叠，终端取消OS#7-OS#13上SRS信号的传输。The second set does not overlap with the fifth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#7-OS#13.

实施例3-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)：Embodiment 3-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS):

Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2：使用第一处理规则。Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2: Use the first processing rule.

可选的，使用第一处理规则和第十三处理规则。Optionally, the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule are used.

实施例4、一次传输仅可在非SBFD符号，Embodiment 4: A transmission can only be performed in non-SBFD symbols.

实施例4-1、RRC-U(PUSCH，PUCCH，PRACH)：Embodiment 4-1, RRC-U (PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH):

RRC-U#3：使用第二处理规则。RRC-U#3: Use the second processing rule.

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#4：RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#4:

对于RRC-U#1：第二集合(OS#0OS#-3)与第一集合(OS#4-13)无交叠：For RRC-U#1: The second set (OS#0OS#-3) has no overlap with the first set (OS#4-13):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端取消UL信号发送；When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端取消UL信号发送。When the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability, the ninth processing rule is used: the terminal cancels UL signal transmission.

对于RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第一集合(OS#1-OS#11)有交叠：For RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the first set (OS#1-OS#11):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端不期望取消UL信号发送When the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability, the eighth processing rule is used: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠的OS#1-OS#3上的UL信号发送，终端取消OS#4-OS#11上的UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel the UL signal transmission on OS#1-OS#3 where the second set overlaps with the first set, and the terminal cancels the UL signal transmission on OS#4-OS#11.

对于RRC-U#4：第二集合(OS#2-OS#13)与第一集合(OS#3-OS#11)有交叠：For RRC-U#4: The second set (OS#2-OS#13) overlaps with the first set (OS#3-OS#11):

终端不支持partialCancellation能力时使用第八处理规则：终端不期望取消UL信号发送；The eighth processing rule is used when the terminal does not support the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission;

终端支持partialCancellation能力时使用第九处理规则：终端不期望取消第二集合与第一集合交叠的OS#3-OS#11上的UL信号发送。The ninth processing rule is used when the terminal supports the partialCancellation capability: the terminal does not expect to cancel UL signal transmission on OS#3-OS#11 where the second set overlaps with the first set.

实施例4-2、RRC-U(SRS)：Embodiment 4-2, RRC-U (SRS):

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3：使用第六处理规则。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#3: Use the sixth processing rule.

RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#4：使用第十一处理规则，在时隙#2中，第二集合包括OS#2-OS#13，在时隙 #3中，第二集合包括OS#0-OS#3。RRC-U#1/RRC-U#2/RRC-U#4: Using the eleventh processing rule, in time slot #2, the second set includes OS#2-OS#13, in time slot In #3, the second set includes OS#0-OS#3.

对于RRC-U#1：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第四集合(OS#4-OS#5)无交叠：For RRC-U#1: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) and the fourth set (OS#4-OS#5) have no overlap:

第二集合与第四集合无交叠，终端取消OS#4-OS#5上SRS信号的传输。The second set does not overlap with the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#4-OS#5.

对于RRC-U#2：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第四集合(OS#1-OS#5)有交叠：For RRC-U#2: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) overlaps with the fourth set (OS#1-OS#5):

终端不期望取消第二集合与第四集合交叠符号OS#1-OS#3上的SRS信号传输，终端取消第四集合中剩余符号OS#4-OS#5上SRS信号的传输。The terminal does not desire to cancel the transmission of the SRS signals on the symbols OS#1-OS#3 overlapping the second set and the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signals on the remaining symbols OS#4-OS#5 in the fourth set.

对于RRC-U#4：第二集合(OS#0-OS#3)与第四集合(OS#7-OS#11)无交叠：For RRC-U#4: The second set (OS#0-OS#3) has no overlap with the fourth set (OS#7-OS#11):

第二集合与第四集合无交叠，终端取消OS#7-OS#11上SRS信号的传输。The second set does not overlap with the fourth set, and the terminal cancels the transmission of the SRS signal on OS#7-OS#11.

实施例4-3、Dynamic-U(PUCCH，PUSCH，PRACH，SRS)：Embodiment 4-3, Dynamic-U (PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS):

Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2：使用第十四处理规则，Dynamic-U#1/Dynamic-U#2: Use the 14th processing rule.

上述实施例中，使用的OS(OFDM symbol)为示例，本方案并不限定符号类别为OFDM符号。In the above embodiment, OS (OFDM symbol) is used as an example, and this scheme does not limit the symbol category to OFDM symbol.

本公开实施例还提出用于实现以上任一方法的装置，例如，提出一装置，上述装置包括用以实现以上任一方法中网络设备(例如核心网设备等)所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。再如，还提出另一装置，包括用以实现以上任一方法中网络设备(例如接入网设备等)所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。The embodiments of the present disclosure also propose a device for implementing any of the above methods, for example, a device is proposed, the above device includes a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as a core network device, etc.) in any of the above methods. For another example, another device is also proposed, including a unit or module for implementing each step performed by a network device (such as an access network device, etc.) in any of the above methods.

应理解以上装置中各单元或模块的划分仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，在实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。此外，装置中的单元或模块可以以处理器调用软件的形式实现：例如装置包括处理器，处理器与存储器连接，存储器中存储有指令，处理器调用存储器中存储的指令，以实现以上任一方法或实现上述装置各单元或模块的功能，其中处理器例如为通用处理器，例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)或微处理器，存储器为装置内的存储器或装置外的存储器。或者，装置中的单元或模块可以以硬件电路的形式实现，可以通过对硬件电路的设计实现部分或全部单元或模块的功能，上述硬件电路可以理解为一个或多个处理器；例如，在一种实现中，上述硬件电路为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，通过对电路内元件逻辑关系的设计，实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能；再如，在另一种实现中，上述硬件电路为可以通过可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)实现，以现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)为例，其可以包括大量逻辑门电路，通过配置文件来配置逻辑门电路之间的连接关系，从而实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能。以上装置的所有单元或模块可以全部通过处理器调用软件的形式实现，或全部通过硬件电路的形式实现，或部分通过处理器调用软件的形式实现，剩余部分通过硬件电路的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the units or modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions, which can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in actual implementation. In addition, the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory. The processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or implement the functions of the units or modules of the above device, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device. Alternatively, the units or modules in the device may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all of the units or modules may be implemented by designing the hardware circuits. The hardware circuits may be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation, the hardware circuits are application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and the functions of some or all of the above units or modules may be implemented by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuits; for another example, in another implementation, the hardware circuits may be implemented by programmable logic devices (PLDs), and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be used as an example, which may include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits may be configured by configuring the configuration files, thereby implementing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices may be implemented in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in the form of software called by the processor, and the remaining part may be implemented in the form of hardware circuits.

在本公开实施例中，处理器是具有信号处理能力的电路，在一种实现中，处理器可以是具有指令读取与运行能力的电路，例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)、微处理器、图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)(可以理解为微处理器)、或数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)等；在另一种实现中，处理器可以通过硬件电路的逻辑关系实现一定功能，上述硬件电路的逻辑关系是固定的或可以重构的，例如处理器为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)或可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)实现的硬件电路，例如FPGA。在可重构的硬件电路中，处理器加载配置文档，实现硬件电路配置的过程，可以理解为处理器加载指令，以实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能的过程。此外，还可以是针对人工智能设计的硬件电路，其可以理解为ASIC，例如神经网络处理单元(Neural Network Processing Unit，NPU)、张量处理单元(Tensor Processing Unit，TPU)、深度学习处理单元(Deep learning Processing Unit，DPU)等。In the disclosed embodiments, the processor is a circuit with signal processing capability. In one implementation, the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capability, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which may be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP); in another implementation, the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of a hardware circuit, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuit may be fixed or reconfigurable, such as a hardware circuit implemented by an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA. In a reconfigurable hardware circuit, the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration may be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. In addition, it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as ASIC, such as Neural Network Processing Unit (NPU), Tensor Processing Unit (TPU), Deep Learning Processing Unit (DPU), etc.

图4A是本公开实施例提出的终端的结构示意图。如图4A所示，终端4100可以包括：收发模块4101、处理模块4102。FIG4A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG4A , a terminal 4100 may include: a transceiver module 4101 and a processing module 4102 .

在一些实施例中，上述收发模块4101被配置为接收第一信息；其中，第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；In some embodiments, the transceiver module 4101 is configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine the symbol type of the symbol;

上述收发模块4101还被配置为接收第二信息；其中，第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号。The above-mentioned transceiver module 4101 is also configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，上述处理模块4102被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送上行信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 4102 is configured to determine whether to send an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

可选地，上述收发模块4101用于执行以上任一方法中终端4100可执行的发送和/或接收等通信步骤(例如步骤S2101、步骤S2103，但不限于此)中的至少一者，此处不再赘述。Optionally, the above-mentioned transceiver module 4101 is used to execute at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving that can be executed by the terminal 4100 in any of the above methods (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), which will not be repeated here.

可选地，上述处理模块4102用于执行以上任一方法中终端4100可执行的其他步骤(例如步骤S2102、步骤S2104、步骤S2105，但不限于此)中的至少一者，此处不再赘述。Optionally, the processing module 4102 is used to execute at least one of the other steps (such as step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, but not limited thereto) executable by the terminal 4100 in any of the above methods, which will not be repeated here.

图4B是本公开实施例提出的终端的结构示意图。如图4B所示，网络设备4200可以包括：收发模块4201、处理模块4202。FIG4B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG4B , a network device 4200 may include: a transceiver module 4201 and a processing module 4202 .

在一些实施例中，上述收发模块4201被配置为基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；In some embodiments, the transceiver module 4201 is configured to send the first information based on the symbol type of the symbol;

上述收发模块4201还被配置为基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的符号类型相关，第一符号是上行信号所使用的符号。The above-mentioned transceiver module 4201 is also configured to send second information based on at least one of the time domain resources and frequency domain resources used by the uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal.

在一些实施例中，上述处理模块4202被配置为基于上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了上行信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 4202 is configured to determine whether the terminal has sent an uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal.

可选地，上述收发模块4201用于执行以上任一方法中网络设备4200可执行的发送和/或接收等通信步骤(例如步骤S2101、步骤S2103，但不限于此)中的至少一者，此处不再赘述。Optionally, the above-mentioned transceiver module 4201 is used to execute at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving that can be executed by the network device 4200 in any of the above methods (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), which will not be repeated here.

可选地，处理模块4202用于执行以上任一方法中网络设备4200可执行的其他步骤(例如步骤S2106，但不限于此)中的至少一者，此处不再赘述。Optionally, the processing module 4202 is used to execute at least one of the other steps (such as step S2106, but not limited to this) that can be executed by the network device 4200 in any of the above methods, which are not repeated here.

在一些实施例中，上述收发模块可以包括发送模块和/或接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是分离的，也可以集成在一起。可选地，收发模块可以与收发器相互替换。In some embodiments, the transceiver module may include a sending module and/or a receiving module, and the sending module and the receiving module may be separate or integrated. Optionally, the transceiver module may be interchangeable with the transceiver.

在一些实施例中，上述处理模块可以是一个模块，也可以包括多个子模块。可选地，上述多个子模块分别执 行处理模块所需执行的全部或部分步骤。可选地，处理模块可以与处理器相互替换。In some embodiments, the processing module may be a single module or may include multiple submodules. The processing module can be replaced with the processor.

图5A是本公开实施例提出的通信设备5100的结构示意图。通信设备5100可以是网络设备(例如核心网设备、接入网设备等)，也可以是终端(例如用户设备等)，也可以是支持核心网设备实现以上任一方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等，还可以是支持终端实现以上任一方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。通信设备5100可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法，具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。FIG5A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 5100 proposed in an embodiment of the present disclosure. The communication device 5100 may be a network device (e.g., a core network device, an access network device, etc.), or a terminal (e.g., a user device, etc.), or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a core network device to implement any of the above methods, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports a terminal to implement any of the above methods. The communication device 5100 may be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment, and the details may refer to the description in the above method embodiment.

如图5A所示，通信设备5100包括一个或多个处理器5101。处理器5101可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等，例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如，基站、基带芯片，终端设备、终端设备芯片，DU或CU等)进行控制，执行程序，处理程序的数据。通信设备5100用于执行以上任一方法。As shown in FIG5A , the communication device 5100 includes one or more processors 5101. The processor 5101 may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor, for example, a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor may be used to process the communication protocol and the communication data, and the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device (such as a base station, a baseband chip, a terminal device, a terminal device chip, a DU or a CU, etc.), execute a program, and process the data of the program. The communication device 5100 is used to execute any of the above methods.

在一些实施例中，通信设备5100还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器5102。可选地，全部或部分存储器5102也可以处于通信设备5100之外。In some embodiments, the communication device 5100 further includes one or more memories 5102 for storing instructions. Optionally, all or part of the memory 5102 may also be outside the communication device 5100.

在一些实施例中，通信设备5100还包括一个或多个收发器5103。在通信设备5100包括一个或多个收发器5103时，收发器5103执行上述方法中的发送和/或接收等通信步骤(例如步骤S2101、步骤S2103，但不限于此)中的至少一者，处理器5101执行其他步骤(例如步骤S2102、步骤S2104、步骤S2105、步骤S2106，但不限于此)中的至少一者。In some embodiments, the communication device 5100 further includes one or more transceivers 5103. When the communication device 5100 includes one or more transceivers 5103, the transceiver 5103 performs at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving in the above method (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited thereto), and the processor 5101 performs at least one of the other steps (for example, step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, step S2106, but not limited thereto).

在一些实施例中，收发器可以包括接收器和/或发送器，接收器和发送器可以是分离的，也可以集成在一起。可选地，收发器、收发单元、收发机、收发电路等术语可以相互替换，发送器、发送单元、发送机、发送电路等术语可以相互替换，接收器、接收单元、接收机、接收电路等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the transceiver may include a receiver and/or a transmitter, and the receiver and the transmitter may be separate or integrated. Optionally, the terms such as transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, the terms such as transmitter, transmission unit, transmitter, transmission circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other, and the terms such as receiver, receiving unit, receiver, receiving circuit, etc. may be replaced with each other.

在一些实施例中，通信设备5100可以包括一个或多个接口电路5104。可选地，接口电路5104与存储器5102连接，接口电路5104可用于从存储器5102或其他装置接收信号，可用于向存储器5102或其他装置发送信号。例如，接口电路5104可读取存储器5102中存储的指令，并将该指令发送给处理器5101。In some embodiments, the communication device 5100 may include one or more interface circuits 5104. Optionally, the interface circuit 5104 is connected to the memory 5102, and the interface circuit 5104 may be used to receive signals from the memory 5102 or other devices, and may be used to send signals to the memory 5102 or other devices. For example, the interface circuit 5104 may read instructions stored in the memory 5102 and send the instructions to the processor 5101.

以上实施例描述中的通信设备5100可以是网络设备或者终端，但本公开中描述的通信设备5100的范围并不限于此，通信设备5100的结构可以不受图5A的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信设备可以是：1)独立的集成电路IC，或芯片，或，芯片系统或子系统；(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合，可选地，上述IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据，程序的存储部件；(3)ASIC，例如调制解调器(Modem)；(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块；(5)接收机、终端设备、智能终端设备、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等；(6)其他等等。The communication device 5100 described in the above embodiments may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 5100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 5100 may not be limited by FIG. 5A. The communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be: 1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, a vehicle-mounted device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.

图5B是本公开实施例提出的芯片5200的结构示意图。对于通信设备5200可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况，可以参见图5B所示的芯片5200的结构示意图，但不限于此。5B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 5200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure. In the case where the communication device 5200 may be a chip or a chip system, reference may be made to the schematic diagram of the structure of the chip 5200 shown in FIG5B , but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.

芯片5200包括一个或多个处理器5201，芯片5200用于执行以上任一方法。The chip 5200 includes one or more processors 5201, and the chip 5200 is used to execute any of the above methods.

在一些实施例中，芯片5200还包括一个或多个接口电路5202。可选地，接口电路5202与存储器5203连接，接口电路5202可以用于从存储器5203或其他装置接收信号，接口电路5202可用于向存储器5203或其他装置发送信号。例如，接口电路5202可读取存储器5203中存储的指令，并将该指令发送给处理器5201。In some embodiments, the chip 5200 further includes one or more interface circuits 5202. Optionally, the interface circuit 5202 is connected to the memory 5203. The interface circuit 5202 can be used to receive signals from the memory 5203 or other devices, and the interface circuit 5202 can be used to send signals to the memory 5203 or other devices. For example, the interface circuit 5202 can read instructions stored in the memory 5203 and send the instructions to the processor 5201.

在一些实施例中，接口电路5202执行上述方法中的发送和/或接收等通信步骤(例如步骤S2101、步骤S2103，但不限于此)中的至少一者，处理器5201执行其他步骤(例如步骤S2102、步骤S2104、步骤S2105、步骤S2106，但不限于此)中的至少一者。In some embodiments, the interface circuit 5202 executes at least one of the communication steps such as sending and/or receiving in the above method (for example, step S2101, step S2103, but not limited to this), and the processor 5201 executes at least one of the other steps (for example, step S2102, step S2104, step S2105, step S2106, but not limited to this).

在一些实施例中，接口电路、接口、收发管脚、收发器等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as interface circuit, interface, transceiver pin, and transceiver may be used interchangeably.

在一些实施例中，芯片5200还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器5203。可选地，全部或部分存储器5203可以处于芯片5200之外。In some embodiments, the chip 5200 further includes one or more memories 5203 for storing instructions. Alternatively, all or part of the memory 5203 may be outside the chip 5200.

本公开还提出存储介质，上述存储介质上存储有指令，当上述指令在通信设备5100上运行时，使得通信设备5100执行以上任一方法。可选地，上述存储介质是电子存储介质。可选地，上述存储介质是计算机可读存储介质，但不限于此，其也可以是其他装置可读的存储介质。可选地，上述存储介质可以是非暂时性(non-transitory)存储介质，但不限于此，其也可以是暂时性存储介质。The present disclosure also proposes a storage medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the communication device 5100, the communication device 5100 executes any of the above methods. Optionally, the storage medium is an electronic storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a storage medium readable by other devices. Optionally, the storage medium can be a non-transitory storage medium, but is not limited to this, and it can also be a temporary storage medium.

本公开还提出程序产品，上述程序产品被通信设备5100执行时，使得通信设备5100执行以上任一方法。可选地，上述程序产品是计算机程序产品。The present disclosure also proposes a program product, which, when executed by the communication device 5100, enables the communication device 5100 to execute any of the above methods. Optionally, the program product is a computer program product.

本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后，将容易想到本公开的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本公开的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化，这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或者惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的，本公开的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate other embodiments of the present disclosure after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. The present disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses or adaptations of the present disclosure that follow the general principles of the present disclosure and include common knowledge or customary techniques in the art that are not disclosed in the present disclosure. The description and examples are to be considered exemplary only, and the true scope and spirit of the present disclosure are indicated by the following claims.

应当理解的是，本公开并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构，并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。 It should be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the exact structures that have been described above and shown in the drawings, and that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (74)

一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized by comprising: 接收第一信息；其中，所述第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；Receiving first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; 接收第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的所述符号类型相关，所述第一符号是所述上行信号所使用的符号；Receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; 基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。Based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示以下至少一项：The method according to claim 1, wherein the processing rule is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系；a first corresponding relationship between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal; 终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第二对应关系；a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send the uplink signal; 一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第三对应关系。A third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises: 基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式、第四确定方式中的任一方式，确定所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围；Determine the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, the third determination method, and the fourth determination method; 基于所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。Based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determine whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基于所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，包括以下任一项：The method according to claim 3 is characterized in that the determining, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range comprises any one of the following: 基于所述第一确定方式、所述第二确定方式、所述第三确定方式中的任一方式，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与所述第一频域范围无交叠；Determine, based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method, that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; 基于所述第四确定方式，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与所述第一频域范围有交叠或无交叠。Based on the fourth determination method, it is determined whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range or does not overlap. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一确定方式包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the first determination method includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号是非SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；The first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; 所述第一符号是SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围；其中，所述第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on a non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information. 根据权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二确定方式包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, characterized in that the second determination method includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号是非SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；The first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; 所述第一符号是SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围为第四频域范围；其中，所述第四频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol. 根据权利要求3-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三确定方式包括：The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, characterized in that the third determination method comprises: 所述第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第三频域范围或第四频域范围；其中，所述第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；其中，所述第四频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, and the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol. 根据权利要求3-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四确定方式包括：The method according to any one of claims 3 to 7, characterized in that the fourth determination method comprises: 所述第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息还用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。The method according to any one of claims 1-8 is characterized in that the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a first corresponding relationship between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第一处理规则，所述第一处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号均为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号时，发送所述上行信号；A first processing rule, wherein the first processing rule comprises: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第二处理规则，所述第二处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号均为上行符号时，发送所述上行信号；A second processing rule, the second processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, sending the uplink signal; 第三处理规则，所述第三处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号时，发送所述上行信号；A third processing rule, the third processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第四处理规则，所述第四处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号、上行符号、灵活符号中的任一项时，发送所述上行信号；A fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is any one of an SBFD symbol, an uplink symbol, and a flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第五处理规则，所述第五处理规则包括：在第二符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第二符号是所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号； A fifth processing rule, the fifth processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a second symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission; 第六处理规则，所述第六处理规则包括：在第三符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第三符号是所述第一符号中的上行符号；A sixth processing rule, the sixth processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a third symbol; wherein the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol; 第七处理规则，所述第七处理规则包括：在第二符号和第三符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第二符号是所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，所述第三符号是所述第一符号中的上行符号。A seventh processing rule, the seventh processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a second symbol and a third symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。The method according to claim 10 is characterized in that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示所述终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第二对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第八处理规则，其中，所述第八处理规则包括以下至少一项：An eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第二集合与第一集合有交叠，不期待取消上行信号传输；其中，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合；其中，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是下行控制信息DCI所在的控制资源集合CORESET的最后一个符号；The second set overlaps with the first set, and it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set CORESET where the downlink control information DCI is located; 第二集合与第一集合无交叠，取消上行信号传输；其中，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；The second set does not overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, and the second set is a set of a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 第九处理规则，其中，所述第九处理规则包括以下至少一项：A ninth processing rule, wherein the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第五符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 取消第六符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第六符号是第一集合中除了第五符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；canceling uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbol in the first set except the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 第十处理规则，其中，所述第十处理规则包括以下至少一项：A tenth processing rule, wherein the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第七符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第三集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 取消第八符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第八符号是第三集合中除了第七符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第三集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；canceling uplink signal transmission on an eighth symbol; wherein the eighth symbol is the remaining symbols in the third set except the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 第十一处理规则其中，所述第十一处理规则包括以下至少一项：Eleventh processing rule wherein the eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第九符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第四集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set; 取消第十符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十符号是第四集合中除了第九符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第四集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；canceling uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set; 第十二处理规则其中，所述第十二处理规则包括以下至少一项：The twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第十一符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第五集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 取消第十二符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十二符号是第五集合中除了第十一符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第十一符号是第二集合与所述第五集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第五集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合。Cancel the uplink signal transmission on the twelfth symbol; wherein the twelfth symbol is the remaining symbols in the fifth set except the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is the symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第三对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第十三处理规则，所述第十三处理规则包括以下至少一项：Thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号，取消发送所述上行信号；The first symbols include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, and the uplink signal is canceled; 不期待所述第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号；It is not expected that the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; 第十四处理规则，所述第十四处理规则包括以下至少一项：A fourteenth processing rule, wherein the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号，取消发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, and the uplink signal is canceled; 不期待所述第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号；not expecting the first symbols to include at least one SBFD symbol; 第十五处理规则，所述第十五处理规则包括以下至少一项：A fifteenth processing rule, wherein the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号时，取消发送所述上行信号；When the first symbol includes a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, canceling sending the uplink signal; 不期待所述第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。 It is not expected that the first symbols include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行符号或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第三处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols only include uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the third processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第八处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第九处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink signal that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第八处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第九处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. When the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, it determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes an SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD，所述第一符号中不包括上行符号，基于所述第五处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括上行符号，所述第一符号中不包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and the first symbol does not include an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，基于所述第五处理规则或所述第六处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink signal that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和所述上行符号，基于接收到的指示信息，使用所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或所述上行符号，发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, and based on the received indication information, the uplink signal is sent using the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or the uplink symbol; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和所述上行符号，使用所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或所述上行符号，发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, and the uplink signal is sent using the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission in the first symbol or the uplink symbol; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes an SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the tenth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号均为SBFD符号或均为非SBFD符号，基于所述第四处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols are all SBFD symbols or are all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：所述第一符号包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，基于所述第十五处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the fifteenth processing rule. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行信号和/或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第三处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes only uplink signals and/or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the third processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于所述第九处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。 The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. The terminal has a partial cancellation capability and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于所述第七处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and/or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether to send the uplink signal; 所述第一符号中包括不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols include SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that are not available for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the tenth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 基于所述第四处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。Based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第一处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols only include SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于所述第九处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. The terminal has a partial cancellation capability and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第五处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols include SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十二处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the twelfth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求10或13所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 10 or 13, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 基于所述第一处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；Determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the first processing rule; 基于所述第一处理规则和第十三处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。Based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行符号，基于所述第二处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols include only uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于所述第九处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and an SBFD symbol. The terminal has a partial cancellation capability and determines whether to send the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括上行符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The first symbols include uplink symbols, and based on the sixth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十一处理规则，确定是否 发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and based on the eleventh processing rule, determines whether Sending the uplink signal. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号，包括：The determining whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal includes: 基于所述第十四处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。Based on the fourteenth processing rule, it is determined whether to send the uplink signal. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising: 基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；Based on the symbol type of the symbol, sending first information; 基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的所述符号类型相关，所述第一符号是所述上行信号所使用的符号；Sending second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; 基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号。Based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示以下至少一项：The method according to claim 35, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate at least one of the following: 所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系；a first corresponding relationship between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal; 所述终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第二对应关系；a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send the uplink signal; 一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第三对应关系。A third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send the uplink signal. 根据权利要求35或36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that the method further comprises: 基于第一确定方式、第二确定方式、第三确定方式、第四确定方式中的任一方式，配置所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围；Based on any one of the first determination mode, the second determination mode, the third determination mode, and the fourth determination mode, configure the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal; 基于所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。Based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, determine whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基于所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围是否交叠，包括以下任一项：The method according to claim 37 is characterized in that the determining, based on the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal, whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range comprises any one of the following: 基于所述第一确定方式、所述第二确定方式、所述第三确定方式中的任一方式，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与所述第一频域范围无交叠；Determine, based on any one of the first determination method, the second determination method, and the third determination method, that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol does not overlap with the first frequency domain range; 基于第四确定方式，确定所述上行信号在所述第一符号中的SBFD符号上所使用的所述频域范围与所述第一频域范围有交叠或无交叠。Based on the fourth determination manner, it is determined whether the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on the SBFD symbol in the first symbol overlaps with the first frequency domain range or does not overlap. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一确定方式包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the first determination method includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号是非SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；The first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; 所述第一符号是SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围为第三频域范围；其中，所述第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on a non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information. 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二确定方式包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 38 or 39, characterized in that the second determination method includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号是非SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；The first symbol is a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; 所述第一符号是SBFD符号，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围为第四频域范围；其中，所述第四频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol. 根据权利要求38-40任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三确定方式包括：The method according to any one of claims 38 to 40, characterized in that the third determination method comprises: 所述第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第三频域范围或第四频域范围；其中，所述第三频域范围是第二频域范围与上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之间交叠的频域范围，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围；其中，所述第四频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a third frequency domain range or a fourth frequency domain range; wherein the third frequency domain range is a frequency domain range overlapping between the second frequency domain range and the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP, and the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or, the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information; wherein the fourth frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the SBFD symbol. 根据权利要求37-41任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四确定方式包括：The method according to any one of claims 37 to 41, characterized in that the fourth determination method comprises: 所述第一符号是SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，上行信号所使用的所述频域范围为第二频域范围；其中，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所配置的所述上行信号在非SBFD符号上所使用的频域范围，或，所述第二频域范围是所述第二信息所指示的所述上行信号所使用的频域范围。The first symbol is an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is a second frequency domain range; wherein the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal configured by the second information on the non-SBFD symbol, or the second frequency domain range is the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal indicated by the second information. 根据权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息还用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型。The method according to any one of claims 35-42 is characterized in that the second information is also used to indicate a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission. 根据权利要求35-43任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示所述第一符号的所述符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第一对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 35 to 43, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a first corresponding relationship between the symbol type of the first symbol and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第一处理规则，所述第一处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号均为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号时，发送所述上行信号；A first processing rule, wherein the first processing rule comprises: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第二处理规则，所述第二处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号均为上行符号时，发送所述上行信号；A second processing rule, the second processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is an uplink symbol, sending the uplink signal; 第三处理规则，所述第三处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或上行符号时，发送所述上行信号； A third processing rule, the third processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is a SBFD symbol or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第四处理规则，所述第四处理规则包括：所述上行信号所在的每个所述第一符号为可用于上行传输的SBFD符号、上行符号、灵活符号中的任一项时，发送所述上行信号；A fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule comprising: when each of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located is any one of an SBFD symbol, an uplink symbol, and a flexible symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, sending the uplink signal; 第五处理规则，所述第五处理规则包括：在第二符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第二符号是所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号；A fifth processing rule, the fifth processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a second symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission; 第六处理规则，所述第六处理规则包括：在第三符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第三符号是所述第一符号中的上行符号；A sixth processing rule, the sixth processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a third symbol; wherein the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol; 第七处理规则，所述第七处理规则包括：在第二符号和第三符号上发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第二符号是所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，所述第三符号是所述第一符号中的上行符号。A seventh processing rule, the seventh processing rule comprising: sending the uplink signal on a second symbol and a third symbol; wherein the second symbol is an SBFD symbol in the first symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and the third symbol is an uplink symbol in the first symbol. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。The method according to claim 44 is characterized in that the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求35-45任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示所述终端是否具备部分取消能力与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第二对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 35 to 45, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a second correspondence between whether the terminal has a partial cancellation capability and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第八处理规则，其中，所述第八处理规则包括以下至少一项：An eighth processing rule, wherein the eighth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第二集合与第一集合有交叠，不期待取消上行信号传输；其中，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合；其中，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是下行控制信息DCI所在的控制资源集合CORESET的最后一个符号；The second set overlaps with the first set, and it is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located; wherein the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the control resource set CORESET where the downlink control information DCI is located; 第二集合与第一集合无交叠，取消上行信号传输；其中，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；The second set does not overlap with the first set, and the uplink signal transmission is canceled; wherein the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, and the second set is a set of a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 第九处理规则，其中，所述第九处理规则包括以下至少一项：A ninth processing rule, wherein the ninth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第五符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 取消第六符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第六符号是第一集合中除了第五符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第五符号是第二集合与第一集合之间交叠的符号，所述第一集合是所述上行信号所在的所述第一符号的集合，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号；canceling uplink signal transmission on the sixth symbol; wherein the sixth symbol is the remaining symbol in the first set except the fifth symbol; wherein the fifth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the first set, the first set is a set of the first symbols where the uplink signal is located, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, and the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located; 第十处理规则，其中，所述第十处理规则包括以下至少一项：A tenth processing rule, wherein the tenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第七符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第三集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 取消第八符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第八符号是第三集合中除了第七符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第七符号是第二集合与第三集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第三集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；canceling uplink signal transmission on an eighth symbol; wherein the eighth symbol is the remaining symbols in the third set except the seventh symbol; wherein the seventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the third set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the third set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 第十一处理规则，其中，所述第十一处理规则包括以下至少一项：The eleventh processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第九符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第四集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set; 取消第十符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十符号是第四集合中除了第九符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第九符号是第二集合与第四集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第四集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号的集合；canceling uplink signal transmission on the tenth symbol; wherein the tenth symbol is the remaining symbol in the fourth set except the ninth symbol; wherein the ninth symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fourth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fourth set is a set including downlink symbols, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols in the first set; 第十二处理规则，其中，所述第十二处理规则包括以下至少一项：The twelfth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 不期待取消第十一符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十一符号是第二集合与第五集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第五集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合；It is not expected to cancel the uplink signal transmission on the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is a symbol overlapped between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including a first number of symbols consecutively following the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols, and SBFD symbols that are not available for uplink transmission in the first set; 取消第十二符号上的上行信号传输；其中，所述第十二符号是第五集合中除了第十一符号之外剩余的符号；其中，所述第十一符号是第二集合与所述第五集合之间交叠的符号，所述第二集合是包括第四符号之后连续的第一数目的符号的集合，所述第四符号是DCI所在的CORESET的最后一个符号，所述第五集合是包括所述第一集合中的下行符号、上行信号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号的集合。Cancel the uplink signal transmission on the twelfth symbol; wherein the twelfth symbol is the remaining symbols in the fifth set except the eleventh symbol; wherein the eleventh symbol is the symbol overlapping between the second set and the fifth set, the second set is a set including the first number of symbols consecutively after the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol is the last symbol of the CORESET where the DCI is located, and the fifth set is a set including the downlink symbols, uplink signals, flexible symbols and SBFD symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission in the first set. 根据权利要求35-46任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述处理规则用于指示一次上行传输可使用的符号类型与是否发送所述上行信号之间的第三对应关系，所述处理规则包括以下至少一项：The method according to any one of claims 35 to 46, characterized in that the processing rule is used to indicate a third correspondence between a symbol type that can be used for an uplink transmission and whether to send the uplink signal, and the processing rule includes at least one of the following: 第十三处理规则，所述第十三处理规则包括以下至少一项：Thirteenth processing rule, the thirteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号，取消发送所述上行信号；The first symbols include at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol, and the uplink signal is canceled; 不期待所述第一符号中包括至少一个下行符号、至少一个上行符号和/或至少一个灵活符号；It is not expected that the first symbol includes at least one downlink symbol, at least one uplink symbol and/or at least one flexible symbol; 第十四处理规则，所述第十四处理规则包括以下至少一项：A fourteenth processing rule, wherein the fourteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号，取消发送所述上行信号； The first symbol includes at least one SBFD symbol, and the uplink signal is canceled; 不期待所述第一符号中包括至少一个SBFD符号；not expecting the first symbols to include at least one SBFD symbol; 第十五处理规则，所述第十五处理规则包括以下至少一项：A fifteenth processing rule, wherein the fifteenth processing rule includes at least one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号时，取消发送所述上行信号；When the first symbol includes a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, canceling sending the uplink signal; 不期待所述第一符号中包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号。It is not expected that the first symbols include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行符号或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第三处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbols only include uplink symbols or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the third processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行符号，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第八处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号同时包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第九处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes both an SBFD symbol and an uplink signal that can be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第八处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and when the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal based on the eighth processing rule; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力时，基于所述第九处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. When the terminal has a partial cancellation capability, it is determined based on the ninth processing rule whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes an SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD，所述第一符号中不包括上行符号，基于所述第五处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD that can be used for uplink transmission, and the first symbol does not include an uplink symbol, and based on the fifth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括上行符号，所述第一符号中不包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an uplink symbol, and the first symbol does not include an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和上行信号，基于所述第五处理规则或所述第六处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and an uplink signal that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule or the sixth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和所述上行符号，发送指示信息，且确定所述终端基于所述指示信息使用所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或所述上行符号，发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围；The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, sends indication information, and determines that the terminal uses the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission or the uplink symbol in the first symbol based on the indication information to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP; 所述上行信号在每个所述第一符号上所使用的所述频域范围与第一频域范围无交叠，所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和所述上行符号，确定所述终端使用所述第一符号中可用于上行传输的SBFD符号或所述上行符号，发送所述上行信号；其中，所述第一频域范围是上行BWP所使用的上行频域范围之外的频域范围。The frequency domain range used by the uplink signal on each of the first symbols does not overlap with the first frequency domain range, and the first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission and the uplink symbol, and it is determined that the terminal uses the SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission or the uplink symbol in the first symbol to send the uplink signal; wherein the first frequency domain range is a frequency domain range outside the uplink frequency domain range used by the uplink BWP. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, the second information is a high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes an SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the tenth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号均为SBFD符号或均为非SBFD符号，基于所述第四处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbols are all SBFD symbols or all non-SBFD symbols, and based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号或非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol type that can be used for one transmission includes an SBFD symbol or a non-SBFD symbol, and the second information is a DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，基于所述第十五处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, and based on the fifteenth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行信号和/或可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第三处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。 The first symbol includes only uplink signals and/or SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the third processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determines whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于第所述九处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol and a SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. The terminal has a partial cancellation capability and determines whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal based on the ninth processing rule. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于所述第七处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes an SBFD symbol and/or an uplink symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the seventh processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; 所述第一符号中包括不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号和/或上行符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbols include SBFD symbols and/or uplink symbols that are not available for uplink transmission, and based on the sixth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the tenth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型包括SBFD符号和非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 基于所述第四处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。Based on the fourth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第一处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbols only include SBFD symbols that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the first processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determines whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于所述第九处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission. The terminal has a partial cancellation capability, and based on the ninth processing rule, determines whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括可用于上行传输的SBFD符号，基于所述第五处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes an SBFD symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and based on the fifth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、上行符号、灵活符号、不可用于上行传输的SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十二处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了发送所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, an uplink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol that is not available for uplink transmission. Based on the twelfth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44或47所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 44 or 47, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 基于所述第一处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；Based on the first processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; 基于所述第一处理规则和第十三处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。Based on the first processing rule and the thirteenth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中只包括上行符号，基于所述第二处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了发送所述上行信号。The first symbols include only uplink symbols, and based on the second processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第一类上行信号中的任一个，所述第一类上行信号中不包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the first type of uplink signals, and the first type of uplink signal does not include SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括以下任一项：The determining, based on the processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes any one of the following: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端不具备部分取消能力，基于所述第八处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号；The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol, the terminal does not have a partial cancellation capability, and based on the eighth processing rule, determining whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal; 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号和SBFD符号中的至少一项，终端具备部分取消能力，基于所述第 九处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and an SBFD symbol, and the terminal has a partial cancellation capability. A ninth processing rule is used to determine whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 44, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission only include non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括上行符号，基于所述第六处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbols include uplink symbols, and based on the sixth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为高层信令，所述上行信号为第二类上行信号中的任一个，所述第二类上行信号中包括SRS；The method according to claim 46, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, the second information is high-layer signaling, the uplink signal is any one of the second type of uplink signals, and the second type of uplink signal includes SRS; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 所述第一符号中包括下行符号、灵活符号、SBFD符号中的至少一项，基于所述第十一处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The first symbol includes at least one of a downlink symbol, a flexible symbol, and a SBFD symbol, and based on the eleventh processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 根据权利要求47所述的方法，其特征在于，一次传输可使用的符号类型只包括非SBFD符号，所述第二信息为DCI；The method according to claim 47, characterized in that the symbol types that can be used for one transmission include only non-SBFD symbols, and the second information is DCI; 所述基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号，包括：The determining, based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal, whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal includes: 基于所述第十四处理规则，确定所述终端是否发送了所述上行信号。Based on the fourteenth processing rule, it is determined whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：A terminal, characterized by comprising: 收发模块，被配置为接收第一信息；其中，所述第一信息用于确定符号的符号类型；A transceiver module, configured to receive first information; wherein the first information is used to determine a symbol type of a symbol; 所述收发模块，还被配置为接收第二信息；其中，所述第二信息用于确定上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项；其中，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的所述符号类型相关，所述第一符号是所述上行信号所使用的符号；The transceiver module is further configured to receive second information; wherein the second information is used to determine at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is the symbol used by the uplink signal; 处理模块，被配置为基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定是否发送所述上行信号。The processing module is configured to determine whether to send the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：A network device, comprising: 收发模块，被配置为基于符号的符号类型，发送第一信息；a transceiver module configured to send first information based on a symbol type of the symbol; 所述收发模块，还被配置为基于上行信号所使用的时域资源和频域资源中的至少一项，发送第二信息；其中，所述上行信号所使用的频域范围与第一符号的所述符号类型相关，所述第一符号是所述上行信号所使用的符号；The transceiver module is further configured to send second information based on at least one of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource used by an uplink signal; wherein the frequency domain range used by the uplink signal is related to the symbol type of the first symbol, and the first symbol is a symbol used by the uplink signal; 处理模块，被配置为基于所述上行信号对应的处理规则，确定终端是否发送了所述上行信号。The processing module is configured to determine whether the terminal has sent the uplink signal based on a processing rule corresponding to the uplink signal. 一种终端，其特征在于，包括：A terminal, characterized by comprising: 一个或多个处理器；one or more processors; 其中，所述终端用于执行权利要求1-34中任一项所述的通信方法。The terminal is used to execute the communication method described in any one of claims 1-34. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：A network device, comprising: 一个或多个处理器；one or more processors; 其中，所述网络设备用于执行权利要求35-68中任一项所述的通信行为的方法。Wherein, the network device is used to execute the method of communication behavior described in any one of claims 35-68. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括终端、网络设备，其中，所述终端被配置为实现权利要求1-34中任一项所述的通信方法，所述网络设备被配置为实现权利要求35-68中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication system, characterized in that it includes a terminal and a network device, wherein the terminal is configured to implement the communication method described in any one of claims 1-34, and the network device is configured to implement the communication method described in any one of claims 35-68. 一种存储介质，所述存储介质存储有指令，其特征在于，当所述指令在通信设备上运行时，使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求1-34或35-68中任一项所述的通信方法。 A storage medium storing instructions, characterized in that when the instructions are executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the communication method as described in any one of claims 1-34 or 35-68.
PCT/CN2023/135993 2023-12-01 2023-12-01 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium Pending WO2025112073A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202380012604.5A CN117981443A (en) 2023-12-01 2023-12-01 Communication method, device, and storage medium
PCT/CN2023/135993 WO2025112073A1 (en) 2023-12-01 2023-12-01 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/135993 WO2025112073A1 (en) 2023-12-01 2023-12-01 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025112073A1 true WO2025112073A1 (en) 2025-06-05

Family

ID=90850123

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/135993 Pending WO2025112073A1 (en) 2023-12-01 2023-12-01 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117981443A (en)
WO (1) WO2025112073A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025050778A2 (en) * 2024-06-27 2025-03-13 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Processing method, communication device, and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116095855A (en) * 2021-10-30 2023-05-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN116264739A (en) * 2021-12-13 2023-06-16 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2023116809A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN116830739A (en) * 2023-05-09 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2023211259A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method for configuring subband in wireless communication system, and device therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116095855A (en) * 2021-10-30 2023-05-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN116264739A (en) * 2021-12-13 2023-06-16 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2023116809A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2023211259A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method for configuring subband in wireless communication system, and device therefor
CN116830739A (en) * 2023-05-09 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, device, equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117981443A (en) 2024-05-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2025020017A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025016019A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, communication system, and storage medium
WO2025030560A1 (en) Method for determining uplink transmission resource, and communication apparatus, communication device and storage medium
WO2025015569A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, network device and storage medium
WO2025015574A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, network device, and storage medium
WO2025000303A1 (en) Information indication method, and terminal, network device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025000201A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining uplink transmission behavior, and storage medium
WO2025000549A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025065186A1 (en) Frequency-domain-resource allocation method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025112073A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025000564A1 (en) Communication indication method, terminal, and access network device
WO2025112072A1 (en) Communication methods, apparatus and storage medium
WO2025065453A1 (en) Resource determination method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025025147A1 (en) Resource determination method, terminal, and storage medium
WO2025035323A1 (en) Positioning measurement method, and terminal and network device
WO2025065455A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining time window, and storage medium
WO2025000306A1 (en) Information indication method, terminal, network device, communication system and storage medium
WO2025030572A1 (en) Information transmission methods, apparatus and storage medium
WO2025260371A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, network device, and storage medium
WO2025007241A1 (en) Resource determination method, terminal, network device, and communication system
WO2025007245A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, and network device
WO2025222420A1 (en) Subcarrier spacing determination method and apparatus, terminal, network device and storage medium
WO2025043419A1 (en) Uplink switching method, terminal, network device, communication system, and medium
WO2025236299A1 (en) Information transmission methods, information transmission apparatus, and storage medium
WO2025208382A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, network device, communication system and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23959979

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1